191
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION Goddard Space Flight Center Greenbelt, MD I&T Complex Electrical & Mechanical Upgrades Buildings 7, 10, 15 & 29 WR#: C3820-2000 Supplemental Specifications Final Submission November 29, 2017 8005 Harford Rd Baltimore, MD 21234-5701 (410) 668-8000 phone (410) 668-8001 fax www.eblengineers.com

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE

ADMINISTRATION

Goddard Space Flight Center Greenbelt, MD

I&T Complex Electrical & Mechanical Upgrades –

Buildings 7, 10, 15 & 29 WR#: C3820-2000

Supplemental Specifications

Final Submission

November 29, 2017

8005 Harford Rd

Baltimore, MD 21234-5701

(410) 668-8000 phone

(410) 668-8001 fax

www.eblengineers.com

Page 2: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 41 13 INSULATED METAL ROOF PANELS

07 42 13 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

07 09 00 CURTAIN GROUTING

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13 20 00 PREFABRICATED CLEAN ROOM SYSTEM

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING

22 05 83.63 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) LINING

22 67 00 REVERSE OSMOSIS(RO) SYSTEM PIPE, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)

23 00 10 AIR HANDLING UNITS (029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007)

23 09 13 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC (SSDIF &

BUILDING 029 SYSTEMS/EQUIPMENT)

23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING

23 25 33 WATER FILTRATION AND SOFTENING EQUIPMENT

23 57 10.00 10 UNFIRED CLEAN STEAM GENERATOR

23 64 10 WATER COOLED CONDENSING UNITS

23 84 13 HUMIDIFIERS

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

26 24 13 GENERATOR QUICK CONNECT DOCKING STATION

26 25 00 BUSWAYS

-- End of Project Table of Contents --

Page 3: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 07 41 13

INSULATED METAL ROOF PANELS05/11

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

This Section includes requirements for:

1. Installation of insulated metal roof panels, where indicated on the drawings.

1.3 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)

AISC 341 (2012) Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)

ASCE 7 (2010; Errata 2011; Supp 1 2013) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)

AWS D1.1/D1.1M (2015; Errata 1 2015; Errata 2 2016) Structural Welding Code - Steel

AWS D1.2/D1.2M (2014) Structural Welding Code - Aluminum

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A1008/A1008M (2016) Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardened

ASTM A123/A123M (2013) Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A36/A36M (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 4: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

ASTM A424/A424M (2009a; R 2016) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet for Porcelain Enameling

ASTM A463/A463M (2010; R 2015) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A755/A755M (2016; E 2016) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products

ASTM A924/A924M (2016a) Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM C286 (1999; R 2009) Standard Terminology Relating to Porcelain Enamel and Ceramic-Metal Systems

ASTM C792 (2004; R 2008) Effects of Heat Aging on Weight Loss, Cracking, and Chalking of Elastomeric Sealants

ASTM C920 (2014a) Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

ASTM D2244 (2016) Standard Practice for Calculation of Color Tolerances and Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates

ASTM D4214 (2007; R 2015) Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films

ASTM D522/D522M (2014) Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings

ASTM E1592 (2005; R 2012) Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

ASTM E2140 (2001; R 2009) Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Metal Roof Panel Systems by Static Water Pressure Head

FM GLOBAL (FM)

FM 4471 (2010) Class I Panel Roofs

METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MBMA)

MBMA RSDM (2000) Metal Roofing Systems Design Manual

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 5: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NRCA)

NRCA RoofMan (2011 thru 2014) The NRCA Roofing Manual

PORCELAIN ENAMEL INSTITUTE (PEI)

PEI 1001 (1996) Specification for Architectural Porcelain Enamel (ALS-100)

PEI CG-3 (2005) Color Guide for Architectural Porcelain Enamel

SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SMACNA)

SMACNA 1793 (2012) Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, 7th Edition

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 580 (2006; Reprint Oct 2013) Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies

UL Bld Mat Dir (2012) Building Materials Directory

1.4 DESCRIPTION OF METAL ROOF SYSTEM

1.4.1 Performance Requirements

Steel panels and accessory components must conform to the following standards:

ASTM A1008/A1008MASTM A123/A123MASTM A36/A36MASTM A424/A424M, ASTM C286, PEI 1001, PEI CG-3 for Porcelain and Ceramic

EnamelingASTM A463/A463M for aluminum coated steel sheetASTM A755/A755M for metallic coated steel sheet for exterior coil

prepainted applications.ASTM A924/A924M for metallic coated steel sheetASTM D522/D522M for applied coatingsUL Bld Mat Dir

1.4.1.1 Hydrostatic Head Resistance

No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E2140. Submit leakage test report upon completion of installation.

1.4.1.2 Wind Uplift Resistance

Provide metal roof panel system that conform to the requirements of ASTM E1592 and UL 580 and as indicated on the structural drawings. Uplift force due to wind action governs the design for panels. Submit wind uplift test report prior to commencing installation.

Roof system and attachments must resist the wind loads as determined by ASCE 7, in pounds per square foot. Metal roof panels and component materials must also comply with the requirements in FM 4471 as part of a

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 6: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

panel roofing system as listed in Factory Mutual Guide (FMG) "Approval Guide" for class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify all materials with FMG markings.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Roofing Panels; G

Flashing and Accessories; G

Gutter/Downspout Assembly; G

SD-03 Product Data

Submit manufacturer's catalog data for the following items:

Roof Panels; G

Factory-Applied Color Finish; G

Accessories; G

Fasteners; G

Pressure Sensitive Tape; G

Underlayments; G

Gaskets and Sealing/Insulating Compounds; G

Aluminized Steel Repair Paint; G

Enamel Repair Paint; G

Galvanizing Repair Paint; G

SD-04 Samples

Roof Panels; G

Factory-applied Color Finish, Samples, 9 inch lengths, full width; G

Accessories; G

Fasteners; G

Gaskets and Sealant/Insulating Compounds; G

SD-05 Design Data

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 7: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Wind Uplift Resistance; G

SD-06 Test Reports

Leakage Test Report; G

Wind Uplift Test Report; G

Fire Rating Test Report; G

Factory Finish and Color Performance Requirements; G

SD-07 Certificates

Roof Panels; G

Coil Stock Compatibility; G

Self-Adhering Modified Bitumen Underlayment; G

Qualification of Manufacturer; G

Qualification of Applicator; G

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Insulation; G

Installation Manual; G

SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports

Manufacturer's Field Inspection Reports; G

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Warranties; G

Information Card; G

Date Of Installation Wall-Mounted Placard; G

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6.1 Qualification of Manufacturer

Submit documentation verifying metal roof panel manufacturer has been in the business of manufacturing metal roof panels for a period of not less than 5 years.

Manufacturer must also provide engineering services by an authorized engineer, currently licensed in the geographic area of the project, with a minimum of five (5) years experience as an engineer knowledgeable in roof wind design analysis, protocols and procedures for MBMA RSDM, ASCE 7, UL 580, and FM 4471. Engineer must provide certified engineering calculations for the project conforming to the stated references.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 8: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.6.1.1 Manufacturer's Technical Representative

The manufacturer's technical representative must be thoroughly familiar with the products to be installed, installation requirements and practices, and with any special considerations in the geographical area of the project. The representative must perform field inspections and attend meetings as specified.

1.6.1.2 Single Source

Roofing panels, clips, closures, and other accessories must be standard products of the same manufacturer, and the most recent design of the manufacturer to operate as a complete system for the intended use.

1.6.2 Qualification of Applicator

Metal roof system applicator must be approved, authorized, or licensed in writing by the roof panel manufacturer and have a minimum of three years experience as an approved, authorized, or licensed applicator with that manufacturer, approved at a level capable of providing the specified warranty. Supply the names, locations and client contact information of 5 projects of similar size and scope constructed by applicator using the manufacturer's roofing products submitted for this project within the previous three years.

1.6.3 Field Verification

Prior to the preparation of drawings and fabrication, verify location of roof framing, roof openings and penetrations, and any other special conditions. Indicate all special conditions and measurements on final shop drawings.

1.6.4 Qualifications for Welding Work

Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum.

Operators are permitted to make only those types of weldments for which each is specifically qualified.

1.6.5 Pre-roofing Conference

After approval of submittals and before performing roofing system installation work, hold a pre-roofing conference to review the following:

a. Drawings, specifications, and submittals related to the roof work. Submit, as a minimum; sample profiles of roofing panels, with factory-applied color finish samples, flashing and accessories, gutter/downspout assembly samples, typical fasteners and pressure sensitive tape, sample gaskets and sealant/insulating compounds. Also include data and 1/2 pint sample of aluminized steel repair paintenamel repair paintgalvanizing repair paint, and technical data on coil stock and coil stock compatibility, and manufacturer's installation manual.

b. Roof system components installation;

c. Procedure for the roof manufacturer's technical representative's onsite inspection and acceptance of the roofing substrate, the name of the manufacturer's technical representatives, the frequency of the onsite

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 9: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

visits, distribution of copies of the inspection reports from the manufacturer's technical representative;

d. Contractor's plan for coordination of the work of the various trades involved in providing the roofing system and other components secured to the roofing; and

e. Quality control plan for the roof system installation;

f. Safety requirements.

Coordinate pre-roofing conference scheduling with the Contracting Officer. Attendance is mandatory for the Contractor, the Contracting Officer's designated personnel, personnel directly responsible for the installation of metal roof system, flashing and sheet metal work, mechanical and electrical work, other trades interfacing with the roof work, and representative of the metal roofing manufacturer. Before beginning roofing work, provide a copy of meeting notes and action items to all attending parties. Note action items requiring resolution prior to start of roof work.

1.7 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

Deliver, store, and handle panel materials, bulk roofing products, accessories, and other manufactured items in a manner to prevent damage and deformation, as recommended by the manufacturer, and as specified.

1.7.1 Delivery

Package and deliver materials to the site in undamaged condition. Provide adequate packaging to protect materials during shipment. Do not uncrate materials until ready for use, except for inspection. Immediately upon arrival of materials at jobsite, inspect materials for damage, deformation, dampness, and staining. Remove affected materials from the site and immediately replace. Remove moisture from wet materials not otherwise affected, restack and protect from further moisture exposure.

1.7.2 Handling

Handle materials in a manner to avoid damage. Select and operate material handling equipment so as not to damage materials or applied roofing.

1.7.3 Storage

Stack materials stored on site on platforms or pallets, and cover with tarpaulins or other weathertight covering which prevents trapping of water or condensation under the covering. Store roof panels so that water which may have accumulated during transit or storage will drain off. Do not store panels in contact with materials that might cause staining. Secure coverings and stored items to protect from wind displacement.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecast weather conditions permit metal roof panel work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements, and specified safety requirements.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 10: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.9 FABRICATION

Fabricate and finish metal roof panels and accessories on a factory stationary industrial type rolling mill to the greatest extent possible, per manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, and as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles, dimensional and structural requirements.

Provide panel profile, as indicated on drawings including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs for full length of panel. Fabricate panel side laps with factory installed captive gaskets providing a weather tight seal and preventing metal-to metal contact, and minimizing noise from movements within the panel assembly.

1.9.1 Finishes

Finish quality and application processes must conform to the related standards specified within this section. Noticeable variations within the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are assembled or installed to minimize any contrasting variations.

1.9.2 Accessories

Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA 1793 as applicable to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated.

a. Form exposed sheet metal accessories which are free from excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, and are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

b. End Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer.

c. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion, but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA 1793.

d. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.

e. Fabricate cleats and attachments devices of size and metal thickness recommended by SMACNA or by metal roof panel manufacturer for application, but not less than the thickness of the metal being secured.

1.10 WARRANTIES

Provide metal roof system material and workmanship warranties meeting specified requirements. Provide revision or amendment to manufacturer's standard warranty as required to comply with the specified requirements.

1.10.1 Metal Roof Panel Manufacturer Warranty

Furnish the metal roof panel manufacturer's 10-year no dollar limit roof system materials and installation workmanship warranty, including flashing, insulation, components, trim, and accessories necessary for a watertight roof system construction. Make warranty directly to the Government, commencing at time of Government's acceptance of the roof work. The warranty must state that:

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 11: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

a. If within the warranty period, the metal roof system, as installed for its intended use in the normal climatic and environmental conditions of the facility, becomes non-watertight, shows evidence of moisture intrusion within the assembly, displaces, corrodes, perforates, separates at the seams, or shows evidence of excessive weathering due to defective materials or installation workmanship, the repair or replacement of the defective and damaged materials of the metal roof system and correction of defective workmanship is the responsibility of the metal roof panel manufacturer. All costs associated with the repair or replacement work are the responsibility of the metal roof panel manufacturer.

b. If the manufacturer or his approved applicator fail to perform the repairs within 48 hours of notification, emergency temporary repairs performed by others does not void the warranty.

1.10.2 Manufacturer's Finish Warranty

Provide a manufacturer's no-dollar-limit 20 year warranty for the roofing system. Issue the warranty directly to the Government at the date of Government acceptance.warranting that the factory color finish, under normal atmospheric conditions at the site, will not crack, peel, or delaminate; chalk in excess of a numerical rating of 8 when measured in accordance with ASTM D4214; or fade or change colors in excess of 5 NBS units as measured in accordance with ASTM D2244.

1.10.3 Metal Roof System Installer Warranty

Provide the "Contractors Ten 10 Year No Penal Sum Warranty for Non-Structural Metal Roof System" attached at the end of this section. Provide a separate bond in an amount equal to the installed total material and installation roofing system cost in favor of the Government covering the installer's warranty responsibilities effective throughout the ten 10) year warranty period.

Provide roof system installer warranty for a period of not less than five years that the roof system, as installed, is free from defects in installation workmanship, to include the roof panel installation, flashing, insulation, accessories, attachments, and sheet metal installation integral to a complete watertight roof system assembly. Issue warranty directly to the Government. Correction of defective workmanship and replacement of damaged or affected materials is the responsibility of the metal roof system installer. All costs associated with the repair or replacement work are the responsibility of the installer.

1.10.4 Continuance of Warranty

Repair or replacement work that becomes necessary within the warranty period must be approved, as required, and accomplished in a manner so as to restore the integrity of the roof system assembly and validity of the metal roof system manufacturer warranty for the remainder of the manufacturer warranty period.

1.11 CONFORMANCE AND COMPATIBILITY

The entire metal roofing and flashing system must be in accordance with specified and indicated requirements, including wind resistance and seismic per AISC 341 requirements. Work not specifically addressed and any

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 12: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

deviation from specified requirements must be in general accordance with recommendations of the MBMA RSDM, NRCA RoofMan, the metal panel manufacturer's published recommendations and details, and compatible with surrounding components and construction. Submit any deviation from specified or indicated requirements to the Contracting Officer for approval prior to installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

Basis of Design Manufacturer: Metl-Span, a Division of NCI Group, Inc.; Lewisville, Texas Tel: 972.221.6656; Email: [email protected]; Web: metlspan.com

Provide basis of design product, or comparable product approved equivalent.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1 General

Provide metal panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies.

2.2.2 Structural Performance

Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as determined by ASTM E 72 or ASTM E 1592 applied in accordance with ICC AC 04, Section 4, Panel Load Test Option or Section 5, Panel Analysis Option:

2.2.2.1 Wind Loads

Determine loads based on uniform pressure, importance factor, exposure category, and basic wind speed indicated on drawings.

2.2.2.1.1 Roof Panel Wind Uplift Testing

Certify capacity of metal panels by testing of proposed assembly per ASTM E 72 or ASTM E 1592.

2.2.2.2 Roof Panel Snow Loads

As indicated on the drawings.

2.2.2.3 Deflection Limits

Withstand inward and outward wind-load design pressures in accordance with applicable building code with maximum deflection of 1/180 of the span with no evidence of failure.

2.2.3 Roof Panels FM Approvals Listing

Comply with FM Approvals 4471 as part of a panel roofing system, and that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" for Class 1 construction.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 10C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 13: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.3.1 Fire/Windstorm Classification

Class 1A-90.

2.2.3.2 Hail Resistance Rating

SH.

2.2.4 Fire Performance Characteristics

Provide metal panel systems with the following fire-test characteristics determined by indicated test standard as applied by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

2.2.4.1 Surface-Burning Characteristics

Provide metal panel systems with the following characteristics when tested per ASTM E 84. The core shall have:

a. Flame spread index: 25 or less.

b. Smoke developed index: 450 or less.

2.2.4.2 Fire Performance of Insulated Roof

Class 1 roof and wall panel per ANSI/FM 4880.

2.2.5 Roof Panel Air Infiltration

ASTM E 1680: Maximum 0.023 cfm/sq. ft. (0.115 L/s per sq. m) at static-air-pressure difference of 12 lbf/sq. ft. (575 Pa).

2.2.6 Roof Panel Water Penetration

Static Pressure, ASTM E 1646: No uncontrolled water penetration at a static pressure of 20 lbf/sq. ft. (958 Pa).

2.2.7 Test Procedures

Test procedure for susceptibility to leakage of discontinuous roof systems protocol TAS 114: Water applied to a depth of 6 inches above the lowest section of roof profile. No water infiltration observed during the seven day test period.

2.2.8 Thermal Movements

Allow for thermal movements from variations in both ambient and internal temperatures. Accommodate movement of support structure caused by thermal expansion and contraction. Allow for deflection and design for thermal stresses caused by temperature differences from one side of the panel to the other.

2.2.9 Thermal Performance

When tested in accordance with ASTM C 518, Measurement of Steady State thermal Transmission, the panels shall provide a k factor of 0.14 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 75° F (24° C) mean temperature, as required by code, or 0.126 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 40° F (4° C) mean temperature.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 11C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 14: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.3 INSULATED METAL ROOF PANELS

2.3.1 Standing Seam, Foamed-Insulation-Core Metal Roof Panels

Structural metal panels consisting of an exterior standing seam with an interior tongue and groove joint, coupled with a vapor seal in the standing seam, and provides superior resistance to air and moisture intrusion. Attached with concealed fasteners to the structure.

2.3.1.1 Basis of Design

Metl-Span, CFR Insulated Metal Panel.

2.3.1.2 G-90 Galvanized Coated Steel

ASTM A 653 or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: ASTM A 792/A 792M, structural quality, Grade 50, Coating Class AZ50 (Grade 340, Coating Class AZM150), prepainted by the coil-coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M.

2.3.1.3 Exterior Face Sheet

22 gauge coated thickness, with stucco embossed surface.

1) Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system.

2) Color: As indicated, to match wall panels.

2.3.1.4 Interior Face Sheet

26 gauge coated thickness, with stucco embossed surface and planked profile.

1) Finish: Polyester two-coat system.

2) Color: As indicated.

2.3.1.5 Endlaps

Provide panels with factory endlaps, notching, swedging and backer plates; where panel lengths permit.

2.3.1.6 Low Eave Treatment

Provide cutback for trim/gutter installation; where panel lengths permit.

2.3.1.7 Panel Width

30 inches (762 mm) or 36 inches (914 mm)as shown on drawings.

2.3.1.8 Panel Thickness

As required to meet performance requirements.

2.3.1.9 Insulating Core

Polyurethane with zero ozone depletion potential blowing agent

a. Closed Cell Content: 90% or more as determined by ASTM D 6226

b. Compressive Strength: As required to meet structural performance

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 12C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 15: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

requirements and with a minimum of 15 psi as determined by ASTM D 1621

c. Minimum Density: 2.0 pcf (32 kg/m3) as determined by ASTM D 1622

d. Thermal Resistance (R-Value): 30 as determined by ASTM C 518 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature.

2.3.1.10 Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-factor)

0.033 Btu/hr * sq. ft. * deg. F as determined by ASTM C 1363 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. Tested specimen must include at least two engaged side joints.

2.3.1.11 Panel Accessories

Provide miscellaneous flashing and trim of material, thickness and finish of metal panel face sheet, and manufacturer's fasteners to complete the work.

2.4 FABRICATION

2.4.1 General

Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels, trim, and accessories meeting performance requirements, indicated profiles, and structural requirements.

2.4.2 Fabrication

Fabricate metal panel joints configured to accept sealant tape providing weathertight seal and preventing metal-to-metal contact and minimizing noise resulting from thermal movement.

2.4.3 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings.

2.5 FINISHES

2.5.1 Finishes, General

Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2.5.2 Exterior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System

2.5.3 Fluropolymer Two-Coat System

0.2 - 0.3 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 percent PVDF fluropolymer color coat, AAMA 621, meeting solar reflectance index requirements.

a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Fluropolymer.

2.6 Interior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System

Polyester Two-Coat System: 0.02 - 0.25 mil primer with 0.07 - 0.08 mil color coat.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 13C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 16: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Igloo White.

2.7 JOINT SEALANTS

2.7.1 Sealants

Sealants are to be an approved gun type for use in hand or air pressure caulking guns at temperatures above 40 degrees F (or frost-free application at temperatures above 10 degrees F) with a minimum solid content of 85 percent of the total volume. Sealant must dry with a tough, durable surface skin which permits it to remain soft and pliable underneath, providing a weather tight joint. No migratory staining, in conformance with to ASTM C792, is permitted on painted or unpainted metal, stone, glass, vinyl or wood.

Prime all joints to receive sealants with a compatible one-component or two-component primer as recommended by the roof panel manufacturer.

2.7.1.1 Shop Applied Sealants

Sealant for shop-applied caulking must be an approved gun grade, non-sag one-component polysulfide or silicone conforming to ASTM C792 and ASTM C920, Type II, with a curing time which ensures the sealants plasticity at the time of field erection. Color to match panel color.

2.7.1.2 Field Applied Sealants

Sealants for field-applied caulking must be an approved gun grade, non-sag on-component polysulfide or two component polyurethane with an initial maximum Shore A durometer hardness of 25, conforming to ASTM C920, Type II. Color to match panel color.

2.7.1.3 Tape Sealants

Provide pressure sensitive, 100 percent solid tape sealant with a release paper backing; permanently elastic, non-sagging, non-toxic and non-staining as approved by the roof panel manufacturer.

2.7.2 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

2.7.2.1 Fabrication, General

Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations within the SMACNA 1793 that apply to design, dimensions, metal type, and other characteristics of design indicated. Shop fabricate items to the greatest extent possible. Obtain and verify field measurements for accurate fit prior to shop fabrication. Fabricate flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

2.7.2.2 Roof Drainage Sheet Metal Fabrications

Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, with riveted and soldered joints, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96 inch long sections. Fabricate expansion joints and accessories from the same metal as gutters, unless otherwise indicated.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 14C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 17: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangars of same material as downspouts and anchors.

2.8 FINISH REPAIR MATERIAL

Repair paint for color finish enameled roofing must be compatible paint of the same formula and color as the specified finish furnished by the manufacturer.

Only use repair and touch-up paint supplied by the roof panel manufacturer and is compatible with the specified system.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.1.1 Metal Panel System

Examine metal panel system substrate with Installer present. Inspect for erection tolerances and other conditions that would adversely affect installation of metal panels.

3.1.1.1 Inspection

Inspect framing that will support insulated metal panels to determine if support components are installed as indicated on approved shop drawings and are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer and installer. Confirm presence of acceptable framing members at recommended spacing to match installation requirements of metal panels.

3.1.1.2 Panel Support Tolerances

Confirm that metal panel supports are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer but not greater than the following:

a. 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 20 foot (6100 mm) in any direction.

b. 3/8 inch (9 mm) over any single roof plane.

c. At Purlin Spacing 7 feet (2133 mm) or less: 1/8 inches (3 mm), out only.

3.1.2 Deficencies

Correct out-of-tolerance work and other deficient conditions prior to proceeding with insulated metal panel installation.

3.2 METAL PAN INSTALLATION

3.2.1 Standing Seamed, Concealed-Fastener Insulated Metal Panels

Install metal panel system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Install metal panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Anchor panels and other components securely in place. Provide for thermal and structural movement.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 15C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 18: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.2.2 Attachment

Attach panels to metal framing using clips, fasteners, and sealants recommended for application by metal panel manufacturer.

3.2.2.1 Fastening

Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each location indicated on approved shop drawings, at spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer.

3.2.2.2 Cutting

Cut panels in field where required using manufacturer's recommended methods.

3.2.2.3 Waterproofing Jacks

Provide weatherproof jacks for pipe and conduit penetrating metal panels.

3.2.2.4 Dissimilar Materials

Where elements of metal panel system will come into contact with dissimilar materials, treat faces and edges in contact with dissimilar materials as recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

3.2.3 Flashing and Trim

Attach panel flashing trim pieces to supports using recommended fasteners and joint sealers.

3.2.4 Joint Sealers

Install tape sealers and liquid sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies.

3.2.4.1 Sealing

Seal panel side and perimeter joints using joint sealers indicated in manufacturer's instructions.

3.2.4.2 Roof Panel Joints

Seal roof panel joints utilizing tape sealer and vapor seal bead of non-curing butyl.

3.2.4.3 Joint Sealants

Prepare joints and apply sealants per requirements of Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.3.1 Testing Agency

Engage an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 16C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 19: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.4 Cleaning and Protection

Remove temporary protective films immediately in accordance with metal panel manufacturer's instructions. Clean finished surfaces as recommended y metal panel manufacturer.

Replace damaged panels and accessories that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect.

3.5 INFORMATION CARD

For each roof, furnish a typewritten information card for facility records and a card laminated in plastic and framed for interior display at roof access point, or a photoengraved 0.032 inch thick aluminum card for exterior display. Format as directed in paragraph FORM ONE.

Make card 8 1/2 by 11 inches minimum. Information card must identify facility name and number; location; contract number; approximate roof area; detailed roof system description, including deck type, roof panel manufacturer and product name, type underlayment(s), date of completion; installing contractor identification and contact information; manufacturer warranty expiration, warranty reference number, and contact information. Install card at interior roof top access pointlocation as directed by the Contracting Officer and provide a paper copy to the Contracting Officer.

3.5.1 Form One

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 17C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 20: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

FORM 1 - PREFORMED STEEL PANEL ROOFING SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS

1. Contract Number:

2. Building Number & Location:

3. NAVFAC Specification Number:

4. Deck/Substrate Type:

5. Slopes of Deck/Roof Structure:

6. Insulation Type & Thickness:

7. Insulation Manufacturer:

8. Vapor Retarder: ( )Yes ( )No

9. Vapor Retarder Type:

10. Preformed Steel Standing Seam Roofing Description:

a. Manufacturer (Name, Address, & Phone No.):b. Product Name: c. Width: d. Gage:e. Base Metal: f. Method of Attachment:

11. Repair of Color Coating:

a. Coating Manufacturer (Name, Address & Phone No.):b. Product Name:c. Surface Preparation:d. Recoating Formula:e. Application Method:

12. Statement of Compliance or Exception:_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13. Date Roof Completed:

14. Warranty Period: From_______________ To_______________

15. Roofing Contractor (Name & Address):

16. Prime Contractor (Name & Address):

Contractor's Signature _________________________ Date:

Inspector's Signature _________________________ Date:Text

3.6 DATE OF INSTALLATION WALL-MOUNTED PLACARD

For each metal roof panel installation, furnish an exterior "Date of Installation Placard", 0.032 inch thick aluminum, 8-1/2 inches high by 11 inches wide, with mounting accessories, photoengraved to include the following information:

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 18C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 21: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Facility Name and NumberApproximate Roof Area Newly Installed and Date of CompletionManufacturer, Type of Roof Panel and NameUnderlayment and Insulation System, R valueInstalling Contractor and Contact InformationWarranty Expiration DateWarranty Reference Number and Contact Information

Install placard as directed by the Contracting Officer.

3.7 USACE WARRANTY

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 19C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 22: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

CONTRACTOR'S TEN (10) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTYFOR

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM

FACILITY DESCRIPTION_________________________________________________

BUILDING NUMBER:_____________________________________________________

CORPS OF ENGINEERS CONTRACT NUMBER:__________________________________

CONTRACTOR

CONTRACTOR:__________________________________________________________

ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________

POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________

TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________

OWNER

OWNER:_______________________________________________________________

ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________

POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________

TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________

CONSTRUCTION AGENT

CONSTRUCTION AGENT:__________________________________________________

ADDRESS:_____________________________________________________________

POINT OF CONTACT:____________________________________________________

TELEPHONE NUMBER:____________________________________________________

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 20C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 23: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

CONTRACTOR'S TEN (10) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTYFOR

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM(continued)

THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM INSTALLED ON THE ABOVE NAMED BUILDING IS WARRANTED BY _____________________________ FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE (5) YEARS AGAINST WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIAL DEFICIENCIES, WIND DAMAGE, STRUCTURAL FAILURE, AND LEAKAGE. THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: THE ENTIRE ROOFING SYSTEM, MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED FRAMING AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, METAL ROOF PANELS, FASTENERS, CONNECTORS, ROOF SECUREMENT COMPONENTS, AND ASSEMBLIES TESTED AND APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 580. IN ADDITION, THE SYSTEM PANEL FINISHES, SLIP SHEET, INSULATION, VAPOR RETARDER, ALL ACCESSORIES, COMPONENTS, AND TRIM AND ALL CONNECTIONS ARE INCLUDED. THIS INCLUDES ROOF PENETRATION ITEMS SUCH AS VENTS, CURBS, SKYLIGHTS; INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS; EAVES, RIDGE, HIP, VALLEY, RAKE, GABLE, WALL, OR OTHER ROOF SYSTEM FLASHING INSTALLED AND ANY OTHER COMPONENTS SPECIFIED WITHIN THIS CONTRACT TO PROVIDE A WEATHERTIGHT ROOF SYSTEM; AND ITEMS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE PART OF THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM.

ALL MATERIAL DEFICIENCIES, WIND DAMAGE, STRUCTURAL FAILURE, AND LEAKAGE ASSOCIATED WITH THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE REPAIRED AS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THIS WARRANTY SHALL COVER THE ENTIRE COST OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, INCLUDING ALL MATERIAL, LABOR, AND RELATED MARKUPS. THE ABOVE REFERENCED WARRANTY COMMENCED ON THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE ON ____________________________ AND WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT FOR STATED DURATION FROM THIS DATE.

SIGNED, DATED, AND NOTARIZED (BY COMPANY PRESIDENT)

____________________________________________________________ (Company President) (Date)

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 21C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 24: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

CONTRACTOR'S TEN (10) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTYFOR

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM(continued)

THE CONTRACTOR MUST SUPPLEMENT THIS WARRANTY WITH WRITTEN WARRANTIES FROM THE MANUFACTURER AND/OR INSTALLER OF THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM.SUBMIT ALONG WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTOR IS ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS WARRANTY AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED IN THIS WARRANTY EXAMPLE.

EXCLUSIONS FROM COVERAGE

1. NATURAL DISASTERS, ACTS OF GOD (LIGHTNING, FIRE, EXPLOSIONS, SUSTAINED WIND FORCES IN EXCESS OF THE DESIGN CRITERIA, EARTHQUAKES, AND HAIL).

2. ACTS OF NEGLIGENCE OR ABUSE OR MISUSE BY GOVERNMENT OR OTHER PERSONNEL, INCLUDING ACCIDENTS, VANDALISM, CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE, WAR, OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY FALLING OBJECTS.

3. DAMAGE BY STRUCTURAL FAILURE, SETTLEMENT, MOVEMENT, DISTORTION, WARPAGE, OR DISPLACEMENT OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR ALTERATIONS MADE TO THE BUILDING.

4. CORROSION CAUSED BY EXPOSURE TO CORROSIVE CHEMICALS, ASH OR FUMES GENERATED OR RELEASED INSIDE OR OUTSIDE THE BUILDING FROM CHEMICAL PLANTS, FOUNDRIES, PLATING WORKS, KILNS, FERTILIZER FACTORIES, PAPER PLANTS, AND THE LIKE.

5. FAILURE OF ANY PART OF THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF DUE TO ACTIONS BY THE OWNER TO INHIBIT FREE DRAINAGE OF WATER FROM THE ROOF AND GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS OR ALLOW PONDING WATER TO COLLECT ON THE ROOF SURFACE. CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN MUST INSURE FREE DRAINAGE FROM THE ROOF AND NOT ALLOW PONDING WATER.

6. THIS WARRANTY APPLIES TO THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOFING SYSTEM. IT DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING INTERIOR OR CONTENTS WHICH IS COVERED BY THE WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION CLAUSE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT.

7. THIS WARRANTY CANNOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER OWNER WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE CONTRACTOR; AND THIS WARRANTY AND THE CONTRACT PROVISIONS WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY CONFLICTS WITH STATE STATUTES.

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 22C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 25: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

CONTRACTOR'S TEN (10) YEAR NO PENAL SUM WARRANTYFOR

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM(continued)

**REPORTS OF LEAKS AND ROOF SYSTEM DEFICIENCIES MUST BE RESPONDED TO WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT OF NOTICE, BY TELEPHONE OR IN WRITING, FROM EITHER THE OWNER OR CONTRACTING OFFICER. INITIATE EMERGENCY REPAIRS TO PREVENT FURTHER ROOF LEAKS IMMEDIATELY; SUBMIT A WRITTEN PLAN FOR APPROVAL TO REPAIR OR REPLACE THIS ROOF SYSTEM WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS. COMMENCE ACTUAL WORK FOR PERMANENT REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF NOTICE, AND COMPLETED WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FRAME. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ADEQUATELY RESPOND TO THE WARRANTY PROVISIONS, AS STATED IN THE CONTRACT AND AS CONTAINED HEREIN, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY HAVE THE NON-STRUCTURAL METAL ROOF SYSTEM REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY OTHERS AND CHARGE THE COST TO THE CONTRACTOR.

IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR DISPUTES THE EXISTENCE OF A WARRANTABLE DEFECT, THE CONTRACTOR MAY CHALLENGE THE OWNER'S DEMAND FOR REPAIRS AND/OR REPLACEMENT DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR CONTRACTING OFFICER EITHER BY REQUESTING A CONTRACTING OFFICER'S DECISION UNDER THE CONTRACT DISPUTES ACT, OR BY REQUESTING THAT AN ARBITRATOR RESOLVE THE ISSUE. THE REQUEST FOR AN ARBITRATOR MUST BE MADE WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BEING NOTIFIED OF THE DISPUTED DEFECTS. UPON BEING INVOKED, THE PARTIES SHALL, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS, JOINTLY REQUEST A LIST OF FIVE (5) ARBITRATORS FROM THE FEDERAL MEDIATION AND CONCILIATION SERVICE. THE PARTIES MUST CONFER WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE LIST TO SEEK AGREEMENT ON AN ARBITRATOR. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON AN ARBITRATOR, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER AND THE PRESIDENT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S COMPANY WILL STRIKE ONE (1) NAME FROM THE LIST ALTERNATIVELY UNTIL ONE (1) NAME REMAINS. THE REMAINING PERSON IS THE DULY SELECTED ARBITRATOR. THE COSTS OF THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING THE ARBITRATOR'S FEE AND EXPENSES, COURT REPORTER, COURTROOM OR SITE SELECTED, ETC., WILL BE BORNE EQUALLY BETWEEN THE PARTIES. EITHER PARTY DESIRING A COPY OF THE TRANSCRIPT MUST PAY FOR THE TRANSCRIPT. A HEARING WILL BE HELD AS SOON AS THE PARTIES CAN MUTUALLY AGREE. A WRITTEN ARBITRATOR'S DECISION WILL BE REQUESTED NOT LATER THAN 30 DAYS FOLLOWING THE HEARING. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT BE BINDING; HOWEVER, IT WILL BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY SUBSEQUENT APPEAL UNDER THE CONTRACT DISPUTES ACT.

POST A FRAMED COPY OF THIS WARRANTY IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM OR OTHER APPROVED LOCATION DURING THE ENTIRE WARRANTY PERIOD.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 07 41 13 Page 23C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 26: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 07 42 13

INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS05/11

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUEMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

This Section includes requirements for:

1. Installation of insulated metal wall panels, where indicated on the drawings.

1.3 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (AAMA)

AAMA 501.1 (2005) Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)

AISC 341 (2012) Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings

AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI)

AISI S100 (2012) North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)

ASCE 7 (2010; Errata 2011; Supp 1 2013) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A1008/A1008M (2016) Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardened

ASTM A123/A123M (2013) Standard Specification for Zinc

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 27: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A36/A36M (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

ASTM A463/A463M (2010; R 2015) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated, by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A606/A606M (2009a) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip, High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance

ASTM A653/A653M (2015; E 2016) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM A755/A755M (2016; E 2016) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products

ASTM A780/A780M (2009; R 2015) Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings

ASTM D522/D522M (2014) Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings

ASTM E1592 (2005; R 2012) Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

ASTM E283 (2004; R 2012) Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen

ASTM E331 (2000; R 2016) Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

METAL BUILDING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (MBMA)

MBMA MBSM (2002) Metal Building Systems Manual

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL Bld Mat Dir (2012) Building Materials Directory

1.4 DEFINITIONS

Metal Wall Panel: Metal wall panels, attachment system components and accessories necessary for a complete weather-tight wall system.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 28: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.5 DESCRIPTION OF WALL PANEL SYSTEM

Factory color finished galvanized and/or galvalume metal wall panel system with foam core with concealed fastening attachment. Panel profile must be embossed and ribbed, as shown on drawings.

1.5.1 Metal Wall Panel General Performance

Comply with performance requirements, conforming to AISI S100, without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Wall panels and accessory components must conform to the following standards:

ASTM A1008/A1008MASTM A123/A123MASTM A36/A36MASTM A653/A653MASTM A463/A463M for aluminum coated steel sheetASTM A606/A606MASTM A755/A755M for metallic coated steel sheet for exterior coil

pre-painted applications.ASTM A780/A780M for repair of damage or uncoated areas of hot-dipped

galvanized coating.ASTM D522/D522M for applied coatingsUL Bld Mat Dir

1.5.2 Structural Performance

Maximum calculated fiber stress must not exceed the allowable value in the AISI or AA manuals; a one third overstress for wind is allowed. Midspan deflection under maximum design loads is limited to L/180. Contract drawings show the design wind loads and the extent and general assembly details of the metal siding. Contractor must provide design for members and connections not shown on the drawings. Siding panels and accessories must be the products of the same manufacturer.

Provide metal wall panel assemblies complying with the load and stress requirements in accordance with ASTM E1592. Wind Load force due to wind action governs the design for panels.

Wall systems and attachments are to resist the wind loads as indicated on the structural drawings. Submit five copies of wind load tests and seismic tests to the Contracting Officer.

Provide metal wall panel assembly for seismic conditions complying with the applicable requirements on the structural drawings.

1.5.3 Air Infiltration

Air leakage must conform to the limits through the wall assembly area when tested according to ASTM E283.

1.5.4 Water Penetration Under Static Pressure

No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E331.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 29: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.5.5 Water Penetration Under Dynamic Pressure

No evidence of water leakage when tested according to AAMA 501.1.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals

Submit Documentation for the following items:

Qualification of Manufacturer; GQualification of Installation Contractor; GSample Warranty; G

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Installation Drawings; G

SD-03 Product Data

Submit Manufacturer's catalog data for the following items:

Wall Panels ; G

Factory Color FinishClosure MaterialsPressure Sensitive TapeSealants and CaulkingGalvanizing Repair PaintEnamel Repair PaintAluminized Steel Repair PaintAccessories

SD-04 Samples

Submit as required each of the following samples:

Wall Panels, 12 inches long by actual panel width; GFasteners; GMetal Closure Strips, 10 inches long of each type; G

Color chart and chips; G

Submit manufacturer's color charts and chips, approximately 4 by 4 inches, showing full range of colors, textures and patterns available for wall panels with factory applied finishes.

SD-05 Design Data

Wind load design analysis ; G

As applicable, submit the following wind load design analysis data, to include, but not limited to:

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 30: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

wind speedexposure category,co-efficient,importance factortype of facilitynegative pressures for each zonemethods and requirements of attachment

SD-06 Test Reports

Submit test reports for the following in accordance with the referenced articles in this section.

Leakage Tests; GWind Load Tests; GCoating Tests; GChalking Tests; GSeismic Tests; G

SD-07 Certificates

Submit certificates for the following items showing conformance with referenced standards contained in this section:

Coil Stock; GFasteners; GGalvanizing Repair Paint; GEnamel Repair Paint; G

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Include detailed application instructions and standard manufacturer drawings altered as required by these specifications.

Installation of Wall panels; G

SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports

Submit five bound copies of the Manufacturer's Field Reports; G

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Warranty; GMaintenance Instructions; G

20 year "No Dollar Limit" warranty for labor and material

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.7.1 Pre-Installation Conference

Upon notification of submittal receipt and approval by the Contracting Officer; and prior to the commencement of the work, the Contractor must attend a pre-installation conference to review the following:

a. Drawings and Specifications.

b. Qualification of Installer.

c. Sustainable acquisition

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 31: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

d. Approved Warranty

e. Sample wall panels, 12 inches long by actual panel width

f. Sample metal closure strips, 10 inches long of each type

g. Color charts and chips

h. Coatings and base metal tests, chalking tests

i. Construction schedule, availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment and facilities required to progress with the work without delay.

j. Methods and procedures related to installation of wall panels, including manufacturer's written instructions. Explicitly identify in writing, differences between manufacturer's instructions and the specified requirements.

k. Support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment between and attachment to structural members.

l. Flashing, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that will affect metal wall panels.

m. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and tests and inspections if applicable.

n. Temporary protection requirements for metal wall panel assembly during and after installation.

o. Wall panel observation and repair procedures after metal wall panel installation. Provide detailed written instructions including copies of Material Safety Data Sheets for maintenance and repair materials, and manufacturer's maintenance instructions.

1.7.1.1 Installation Drawings

Installation shop drawings for wall panels, flashing, accessories, and anchorage systems must indicate completely dimensioned structural frame and erection layouts, openings in the wall, special framing details, and construction details at corners, building intersections and flashing, location and type of mastic and metal filler strips.

1.7.1.2 Wind Load Design Analysis

Wind design analysis must include wall plan delineating dimensions and attachment patterns for each zone. Wind design analysis must be prepared and sealed by Licensed Project Engineer in the geographic area where the construction will take place.

1.7.2 Manufacturer's Technical Representative

The representative must have authorization from manufacturer to approve field changes and be thoroughly familiar with the products and installations in the geographical area where construction will take place.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 32: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.7.3 Qualification of Manufacturer

Certify that metal wall panel system manufacturer has a minimum of five (5) years experience in manufacturing metal wall system and accessory products.

Manufacturer must also provide engineering services by an authorized engineer; currently licensed in the geographical area where construction will take place, having a minimum of four (4) years experience as an engineer knowledgeable in wind load design analysis, protocols and procedures per MBMA MBSM, "Metal Building Systems Manual"; ASCE 7, and ASTM E1592 and seismic design conforming to AISC 341.

Provide certified engineering calculations, using the products submitted, for Wind load requirements in accordance with ASCE 7.

1.7.3.1 Manufacturer's Certificates

Also provide the following certifications from the manufacturer:

Coil StockFastenersGalvanizing Repair PaintEnamel Repair Paint

Submit certification from coil stock manufacturer or supplier that the machinery used will form the provided coil stock without warping, waviness, or rippling that is not a part of the panel profile, and without damage, abrasion or marring of the finish coating.

Provide evidence that products used within this specification are manufactured in the United States.

1.7.4 Certified Qualification of Installation Contractor

The installation contractor must be approved and certified by the metal wall panel manufacturer prior to beginning the installation of the metal wall panel system. Subcontracting by Certified Contractor for the metal wall panel work is not permitted.

1.7.5 Single Source

Obtain each type of metal wall panels, clips, closure materials and other accessories from the standard products of the single source from a single manufacturer to operate as a complete system for the intended use.

1.7.6 Manufacturer's Maintenance Instructions

Provide manufacturer's detailed written instructions including copies of Material Safety Data Sheets for maintenance and repair materials.

1.8 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

Deliver and protect package components, sheets, metal wall panels, and other manufactured items to prevent damage or deformation during transportation and handling.

Unload, store, and erect metal wall panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 33: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Stack and store metal wall panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weather-tight and ventilated covering to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.

Retain strippable protective covering on metal wall panel until actual installation.

1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS

1.9.1 Field Measurements

Verify locations of wall framing and opening dimensions by field measurements before metal wall panel fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.9.2 Weather Limitations

Proceed with installation preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering into wall system or building.

1.10 WARRANTY

Warranty must conform to the Sample Warranty as reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

1.10.1 20 Year "No Dollar Limit" Warranty for Labor and Material

Furnish manufacturer's no-dollar-limit warranty for the metal wall panel system. The warranty period is to be no less than twenty (20) years from the date of Government acceptance of the work. The warranty is to be issued directly to the Government. The warranty is to provide that if within the warranty period the metal wall panel system shows evidence of corrosion, perforation, rupture or excess weathering due to deterioration of the wall panel system resulting from defective materials and correction of the defective workmanship is to be the responsibility of the metal wall panel system manufacturer. Repairs that become necessary because of defective materials and workmanship while metal wall panel system is under warranty are to be performed within 24 hours after notification, unless additional time is approved by the Contracting Officer. Failure to perform repairs within 24 hours of notification will constitute grounds for having emergency repairs performed by others and not void the warranty.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

2.1.1 Basis of Design Manufacturer

Metl-Span, a Division of NCI Group, Inc.; Lewisville, Texas Tel: 972.221.6656; Email: [email protected]; Web: metlspan.com.

2.1.2 Basis of Design

Provide basis of design product, or comparable product approved equivalent.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 34: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.2.1 General

Provide metal panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies

2.2.2 Structural Performance

Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as determined by ASTM E 72 or ASTM E 1592 applied in accordance with ICC AC 04, Section 4, Panel Load Test Option or Section 5, Panel Analysis Option:

2.2.2.1 Wind Loads

Determine loads based on applicable building code, wind speed, importance factor, exposure category, and internal pressure coefficient indicated on drawings.

Wind Negative Pressure: Certify capacity of metal panels by testing of proposed assembly.

2.2.2.2 Deflection Limits

Withstand inward and outward wind-load design pressures in accordance with applicable building code with maximum deflection of 1/180 of the span with no evidence of failure.

2.2.3 FM Approvals Listing

Comply with FM Approval 4881. Provide metal wall panel assembly listed in FM Approvals' "Approval Guide."

2.2.4 Fire Performance Characteristics

Provide metal panel systems with the following fire-test characteristics determined by indicated test standard as applied by testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

2.2.4.1 Surface-Burning Characteristics

The insulating core shall have been tested per ASTM E 84. The core shall have:

a. Flame spread index: 25 or less.

b. Smoke developed index: 450 or less.

2.2.4.2 Room Test Performance

FM Global 4880: The panel assembly shall not support a self-propagating fire which reaches any limits of the 50' (15.24m) high corner test structure as evidenced by flaming or material damage of the ceiling of the assembly.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 35: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.4.3 Fire Propagation

The fire assembly shall meet the requirements of the standard for NFPA 285

2.2.4.4 Fire Growth

The fire assembly shall meet the requirements of the standard for NFPA 286

2.2.4.5 Potential Heat

Determined in accordance with NFPA 259

2.2.4.6 IBC Chapter 26

Panel Performance under the above test methods, shall meet the requirements of IBC, Chapter on foam plastics.

2.2.5 Air Infiltration

Air Infiltration, ASTM E 283

Maximum 0.0009 cfm/sq. ft. (0.005 L/s per sq. m) at static-air-pressure difference of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

2.2.6 Water Penetration Static Pressure

ASTM E 331 Modified (2 hour duration): No uncontrolled water penetration at a static pressure of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 pa).

2.2.7 Thermal Movements

Allow for thermal movements from variations in both ambient and internal temperatures. Accommodate movement of support structure caused by thermal expansion and contraction. Allow for deflection and design for thermal stresses caused by temperature differences from one side of the panel to the other.

2.2.8 Thermal Performance

When tested in accordance with ASTM C 518, Measurement of Steady State thermal Transmission, the panels shall provide a k factor of 0.14 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 75° F (24° C) mean temperature, as required by code, or 0.126 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 40° F (4° C) mean temperature.

2.3 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS

2.3.1 Concealed Fastener, Insulated Metal Wall Panels with Foam Core

Structural metal panels consisting of flat exterior metal sheet with 7.2 rib pattern, and interior metal sheet with a Mesa profile, with factory foamed-in-place polyurethane core in thermally-separated profile, with tongue-and-groove panel edges, attached to supports using concealed fasteners.

2.3.1.1 Basis of Design

Metl-Span, CF 7.2 Insul-Rib

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 10C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 36: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.3.1.2 G-90 galvanized coated steel

G-90 galvanized coated steel conforming to ASTM A 653 and/or AZ50 aluminum-zinc alloy coated steel, conforming to ASTM A 792/A 792M, minimum grade 33, prepainted by the coil-coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M.

a. Exterior Face Sheet: 24 gauge thickness, with stucco embossed surface.

1) Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system.

2) Color: As selected by Contracting Officer from manufacturer's standard colors to match existing adjacent panels.

b. Interior Face Sheet: 24 gauge thickness, with stucco embossed surface and Mesa or Light Mesa profile.

1) Finish: Polyester two-coat system.

2) Color: As selected by Contracting Officer from manufacturer's standard colors.

2.3.1.3 Panel Width

Panel Width: 36 inches (914 mm)

2.3.1.4 Panel Thickness

Panel Thickness: As shown on drawings for minimum R Value indicated. Panel thickness measured from inside skin to top of high cell.

2.3.1.5 Insulating Core

Polyurethane with zero ozone depletion potential blowing agent.

a. Closed Cell Content: 90% or more as determined by ASTM D 6226.

b. Compressive Strength: As required to meet structural performance requirements and with a minimum of 15 psi as determined by ASTM D 1621.

c. Minimum Density: 2.0 pcf (32 kg/m3) as determined by ASTM D 1622

d. Thermal Resistance R-Value: 26 deg. F * hr * sq. ft./Btu per ASTM C 518 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature.

2.3.1.6 Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-factor)

0.0385 Btu/hr * sq. ft. * deg. F as determined by ASTM C 1363 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. Tested specimen must include at least two engaged side joints.

2.4 METAL WALL PANEL ACCESSORIES

2.4.1 General

Provide complete metal panel assemblies incorporating trim, copings, fasciae, gutters and downspouts, and miscellaneous flashings. Provide required fasteners, closure strips, and sealants as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 11C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 37: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.4.2 Flashing and Trim

Match material, thickness, and finish of metal panels.

2.4.3 Panel Clips

ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z180) hot-dip galvanized zinc coating, one-piece, configured for concealment in panel joints, and identical to clips utilized in tests demonstrating compliance with performance requirements.

2.4.4 Panel Fasteners

Self-drilling or Self-tapping screws and other acceptable fasteners recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Where exposed fasteners cannot be avoided, supply corrosion-resistant fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating, with weathertight resilient washers.

2.4.5 Joint Sealers:

2.4.5.1 Sealants

Provide Tape Mastic Sealants, Non-skinning sealants, and Urethane Sealants in accordance with manufacturers standards

2.4.5.2 Vertical Joint Gasket

Manufacturers standard EPDM gasket. Color: Black or custom color to conform with panel color.

2.5 FABRICATION

2.5.1 General

Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels, trim, and accessories meeting performance requirements, indicated profiles, and structural requirements.

2.5.2 Fabrication

Fabricate metal panel joints configured to accept sealant providing weathertight seal.

2.5.3 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings.

2.6 FINISHES

2.6.1 Finishes, General

Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's written instructions.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 12C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 38: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.6.2 Exterior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System

2.6.2.1 Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System

0.2 - 0.3 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil 70 percent PVDF fluoropolymer color coat, AAMA 621, meeting solar reflectance index requirements.

a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Fluoropolymer.

2.6.3 Interior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System

2.6.3.1 Polyester Two-Coat System

0.20 - 0.25 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil color coat

a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Igloo White

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

Examine metal panel system substrate with Installer present. Inspect for erection tolerances and other conditions that would adversely affect installation of metal panels.

3.1.1 Inspection

Inspect framing that will support insulated metal panels to determine if support components are installed as indicated on approved shop drawings and are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer and installer. Confirm presence of acceptable framing members at recommended spacing to match installation requirements of metal panels.

3.1.2 Panel Support Tolerances

Confirm that metal panel supports are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer but not greater than the following:

a. 1/4 inch (6 mm) in 20 foot (6100 mm) in any direction.

b. 3/8 inch (9 mm) over any single wall plane.

c. Girt Spacing 8 feet (2438 mm) or more: 1/4 inch (6 mm) out only.

d. Girt Spacing Less Than 8 feet (2438 mm): 1/8 inch (3 mm) out only.

e. CF Architectural girt spacing less than 4 feet (1219 mm): 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) inch out only.

3.1.3 Deficiencies

Correct out-of-tolerance work and other deficient conditions prior to proceeding with insulated metal panel installation.

3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

3.2.1 Concealed-Fastener Insulated Metal Panels with Foam Core

Install metal panel system in accordance with manufacturer's written

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 13C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 39: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Install metal panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Anchor panels and other components securely in place. Provide for thermal and structural movement.

3.2.2 Attachments

Attach panels to metal framing using screws, fasteners, sealants, and adhesives recommended for application by metal panel manufacturer.

3.2.2.1 Fasteners

Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each location indicated on approved shop drawings, at spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer.

3.2.2.2 Panel Modifications in Field

Cut panels in field where required using manufacturer's recommended methods.

3.2.2.3 Weatherproof Jacks

Provide weatherproof jacks for pipe and conduit penetrating metal panels.

3.2.2.4 Dissimilar Materials

Where elements of metal panel system will come into contact with dissimilar materials, treat faces and edges in contact with dissimilar materials as recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

3.2.3 Flashing and Trim

Attach panel flashing trim pieces to supports using recommended fasteners and joint sealers.

3.2.4 Joint Sealers

Install sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies.

3.2.4.1 Panel Base Assembly

Seal panel base assembly, openings, panel head joints, and perimeter joints using sealants indicated in manufacturer's instructions.

3.2.4.2 Wall Panel Joints

Seal wall panel joints; apply continuously without gaps in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings.

3.2.4.3 Sealants

Prepare joints and apply sealants per requirements of Division 07 Section.

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 14C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 40: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

3.3.1 General

Install metal panel accessories with positive anchorage to building and weather tight mounting; provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

3.3.1.1 Components

Install components required for a complete metal panel assembly, including trim, copings, flashings, sealants, closure strips, and similar items.

3.3.1.2 Details

Comply with details of assemblies utilized to establish compliance with performance requirements and manufacturer's written installation instructions.

3.3.1.3 Levelness

Set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently weather resistant.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

3.4.1 Construction Monitoring

Make visual inspections as necessary to ensure compliance with specified requirements. Additionally, verify the following:

a. Materials comply with the specified requirements.

b. All materials are properly stored, handled and protected from damage. Damaged materials are removed from the site.

c. Framing and substrates are in acceptable condition, in compliance with specification, prior to application of wall panels.

d. Panels are installed without buckles, ripples, or waves and in uniform alignment and modulus.

e. Side laps are formed, sealed, fastened or seam locked as required.

f. The proper number, type, and spacing of attachment clips and fasteners are installed.

g. Installer adheres to specified and detailed application parameters.

h. Associated flashing and sheet metal are installed in a timely manner in accord with the specified requirements.

Provide five bound copies of Manufacturer's Field Reports to the Contracting Officer two weeks prior to project close-out.

3.5 CLEAN-UP AND DISPOSAL

Remove temporary protective films immediately in accordance with metal panel manufacturer's instructions. Clean finished surfaces as recemmended

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 15C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 41: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

by metal panel manufacturer.

Clean all exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. Remove metal shavings, filings, nails, bolts, and wires from work area. Remove grease and oil films, excess sealants, handling marks, contamination from steel wool, fittings and drilling debris and scrub the work clean. Exposed metal surfaces must be free of dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, solder or weld marks, and damage to the finish coating.

Replace damaged panels and acccessories that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.

Collect and place scrap/waste materials in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site; transport demolished materials from government property and legally dispose of them.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 07 42 13 Page 16C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 42: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 07 90 00

CURTAIN GROUTING06/17

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

1.2.1 Materials

Provision of injection materials suitable for sealing cracks, joints, and defects in concrete, masonry, or stone structures against fluid migration.

1.2.2 Equipment

Provision of pumps, hoses, injection ports, and connection devices necessary for injecting the aforementioned injection resins.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Division 01 Section SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Resin Grout

SD-07 Certificates

Manufacturer Qualifications; G

Installaer Qualifications; G

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Cold Weather Installation; G

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.4.1 Manufacturer Qualifications

Manufacturer shall be a firm that specializes in the fabrication of curtain grouting materials and systems, shall be in business a minimum of 10 years, and have documented experience of completing 5 projects similar in size and scope to the requirements of this Contract.

Submit manufacturer qualifications documenting compliance with the requirements of this Section.

SECTION 07 90 00 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 43: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.4.2 Installer Qualifications

Installer shall be a competent person with a minimun of 5 years continuous, successful experience in the installation of curtain grouting material and systems. Installer shall be trained and authorized, by license or by certification, by the manufacturer to install their products.

Submit installer qualifications documenting compliance with the requirements of this Section. Including a list of 5 projects, cimilar in size and scope to the requirements of this Contract, that have been completed in the last 3 years.

1.4.3 Pre-Construction Conference

Contractor shall be responsible for arranging for and conducting a pre-construction conference at the project site. The meeting agenda shall consist minimally of a review of responsibilities and expectations, construction procedures, safety requirements, a review of the project-specific requirements (e.g., construction dicuments, approved shop drawings and submittals, etc.), application, environmental conditions, job and substrate readiness, and material storage and protection.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Do not install curtain grouting when air remperature is below 50 degrees F, or above 85 degrees F. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for Cold Weather Installation. Protect injection materials from UV exposure.

1.6 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Deliver injection materials to the project site in the manufacturer's original packaging, containers, or bundles with manufacturer and supplier's labeling clearly visable.

Store materials in a dry, well ventilated area; temperaure and humidity range shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations but not less than 50 degrees F for the 24 hour period immediately prior to installation.

Storage area shall be easily accessible for inspection. Damaged items shall be replaced with new when directed by the Government.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

2.1.1 Resin Grout

Provide SIKA INJECTION 306, water soluble, hydrophilic, extended reaction time acrylate-ester resin grout as manufactured by Sika for inactive to low-flow leaks occurring in hairline cracks or narrow joints or approved equivalent.

2.1.1.1 Material Properties

a. In the uncured state: Water soluble and non-water reactive, solvent free, low viscosity (3 to 11 mPas), easily proportioned, mixed, and pumped with piston-style, single component pumps.

SECTION 07 90 00 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 44: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

b. Reaction time adjustable from 8 to 50 minutes based on site conditions.

c. Solids content of mixed resin exceeding 40%.

d. In the cured state: Solid hydrophilic flexible material with reversible swelling action (material has the capability to swell and re-swell) in excess of its initial volume up to approximately 75% by weight, resistant to ground water contaminants, stable in the presence of acids, alkaline solutions, solvents, and fuels, resistant to permanent water pressure, salt water environments and shall not attack bitumen, joint sealants, or concrete.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

2.2.1 Packers

Provide steel injection packers of appropriate length and diameter.

2.2.2 Equipment

Provide appropriate pumps, hoses, connections, etc. necessary for performing injection work.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 Curing Period

Allow a 28-day curing period for new concrete prior to injection operations.

3.1.2 Port Location and Pattern

Establish injection port location and pattern as site conditions dictate.

3.1.3 Drilling

Drill holes of appropriate diameter and to the required depth to accept injection packers and install packers.

3.1.4 Preparation

Prepare injection material in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and specifications regarding mixing, injection procedures, and equipment requirements.

3.1.5 Temperature

Inject materials only when ambient temperatures are between 450Fand 1000F.

3.1.6 Cleaning

Clean work area of all debris, spills, spent items, etc. after injection operations.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 07 90 00 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 45: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 13 20 00

PREFABRICATED CLEAN ROOM SYSTEM06/17

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

Clean Room System for the extension to the Building 029 10th floor air lock as indicated on the Drawings.

1.2.1 Section Includes

Wall panels.

Two-piece post and wall panel connectors.

Base and top channels to receive wall panels and posts.

Door assemblies.

Roof/ceiling system.

Light fixtures.

Electrical power systems.

1.2.2 Related Sections

Division 26 - Wiring Methods: Wiring and connection of system electrical components to building power supply.

1.3 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)

ANSI A156 Builders Hardware

ANSI Z97.1 (1984; R 1994) Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS (ASCE)

ASCE 7 (2000) Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ++

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 46: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM E 84 (2001) Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION (CPSC)

CPSC 16 CFR 1201 Safety Srandard for Architectural Glazing Materials

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

System shall consist of factory fabricated modular components which can be site erected to form complete functional, ready-to-occupy interior rooms of sizes and configuration indicated on Drawings.

Erected rooms shall be self-supporting and not require auxiliary structural supports, bracing, or framing, except as noted on the drawings. System shall withstand design loads as required by ASCE 7 and applicable codes.

System shall be designed and installed to comply with applicable seismic requirements for Project location, as indicated on the structural drawings.

System shall consist of modular walls panels, base channels, and two-piece post and wall panel connectors which allow for non-progressive assembly. It shall be possible to interchange or replace panels without removal of adjacent panels.

System shall be erected on site with minimum labor, equipment, and time. Except for sizing top and bottom channels, field cutting or component modification shall not be required.

System shall be erected on site with minimum labor, equipment, and time. Field cutting or component modification shall not be required.

Components shall be factory finished such that field painting is not required.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Division 01 "SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES"

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Panels and Components; G; AE

Indicate layout, intermediate supports and beams, dimensions, attachments and connections, door assembly, electrical wiring diagrams and fabrication and assembly details. Provide conduit and pipe penetration details and perimeter sealing details at base of walls, intersection with existing walls and fan enclosure, and rear chase liner panels for wall and ceiling panels. If above mentioned details cannot be provided by manufacturer and/or installer, installer shall provide mock-ups that can be incorporated into the work for NASA review and approval.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 47: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SD-03 Product Data

Panels and Components; G, AE

Product data for prefabricated room system, components, accessories, and finishes. Include data for electrical power supply and light fixtures and lighting levels.

Structural Data; G, AE

SD-04 Samples

Panels; G, AE

Finishes for selection by Architect. 6 x 6 inches minimum wall panel sample with specific core, facing, and finish. Samples may be tested by the NASA materials review board for offgassing. See "Restricted Materials" note 1 under General Notes on Drawing G002.

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Manufacturers erection instruction; G, AE

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Warranty; G

Copy of warranty required by Paragraph 1.8 for review by Architect.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6.1 Manufacturer

Company specializing in manufacture of prefabricated rooms with 10 years minimum successful, documented experience.

1.6.2 Structural Components

Structural components be shall pre-engineered. Any special, custom components shall be designed under direct supervision of professional structural engineer.

1.6.3 Shop Drawings

Design structural components and develop shop drawings under direct supervision of professional structural engineer experienced in design of this type structure.

1.6.4 Erector

Company experienced in erecting prefabricated, panelized rooms and acceptable to system manufacturer.

1.6.5 Electrical Components

Electric components shall be certified by Underwriters Laboratory (UL), Inc. and shall bear UL labels.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 48: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.6.6 Safety glazing

Comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201, ANSI Z97.1, and other applicable safety requirements. Each piece of safety glazing shall be permanently labeled with appropriate marking.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

1.7.1 Packaging

Package prefabricated, pre-finished components with protective film and other material such that components and finishes are not damaged during transporting, unloading, storing at site, and erecting.

1.7.2 Labeling

Label shipping crates to identify contents. Provide bill of materials listing components with same designations as used on installation drawings.

1.7.3 Inspection

Upon arrival, inspect components and verify quantities as indicated on bill of materials. Immediately remove and replace damaged components.

1.7.4 Storage

Store materials out of weather in dry place. Provide ventilation. Do not store on site for prolonged period.

1.7.5 Handling

Avoid bending, gouging, scratching, and denting walls panels and other components.

1.8 WARRANTY

Provide under provisions of Division 07 - Task Order Closeout: 10 years warranty for system components to cover defects in material and workmanship.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

PortaFab, 18080 Chesterfield Airport Rd, Chesterfield, MD 63005; www.portafab.com; Cleanline S3000 Clean Wall System; or approved eaual.

National Partitions, 10300 Goldenfern Lane, Knoxville, Tennessee 37931; 800-327-3697; www.n-p.com; Clean Wall System, or approved equal.

2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS

2.2.1 Prefabricated Rooms

Prefabricated rooms shall be site erected from factory fabricated, pre-engineered, pre-finished, modular components. System shall be designed

for ISO 5 (100,000 manimum particles/m3) per ISO 14644-1 Clean Room Standards.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 49: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.2 Wall panels

Flat, sandwich type construction consisting of core and skins.

2.2.2.1 Basic size

3 inches thick by 45 inches wide by height as indicated on the drawings. Provide custom widths for special conditions indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings.

2.2.2.2 Thermal Core

Expanded polystyrene core glued to steel sheet skins.

Fire-resistance: Class A per ASTM E 84, Passed NFPA 286 and FM 4880

STC: 30-35.

R-Value: 12.

2.2.2.3 Panel Construction

Thermal Core Clean Wall panel as manufactured by National Partitions.

Core: Expanded polystyrene with 1 pound per cubic foot density, ASTM E 84 Class A fire-resistance, 15 maximum flame spread, 85 maximum smoke development, and 2 percent maximum water absorption.

Skins: 26 gage, hot dipped galvanized, G90, smooth steel sheet complying with ASTM A 663 glued to both sides of panel.

2.2.2.4 Panel Characteristics

Fire-resistance: Class A in accordance with ASTM E 84.

Sound transmission class (STC): 30 to 35.

Thermal resistance R-value: 12.

Tested and compliant with ASTM 286.

2.2.3 Post assembly:

Two-piece post (wall panel connector) is fabricated from 20 gage galvanized high strength steel. Pieces are connected with bolts spaced at 20 inches and clamp on vertical edges of wall panels. Post assembly design shall provide cavity for concealed electrical conduit, wire, and data cabling.

2.2.3.1 Shop Drawings

Where required and indicated on approved shop drawings, provide concealed structural inserts in posts.

2.2.3.2 Non-progressive design

Post assembly shall allow wall panels to be removed and replaced without disturbing adjacent panels.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 50: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.3.3 Trim

Fabricate from 20 and 26 gage galvanized steel.

Feature strips: 26 ga. channels snap into each side of posts to conceal fasteners and provide flush surface.

Corner trim: For room corners, provide L shaped filler to conceal ends of two perpendicular wall panels and angle trim for inside

2.2.4 Base Channel

Continuous, U-shaped base fabricated from 20 gage galvanized steel to anchor to floor and secure wall panels.

2.2.5 Top Channel

Continuous, U-shaped channel fabricated from 20 gage galvanized steel to fit over tops of installed wall panels.

2.2.6 Wall Panels

Finish for wall and roof/ceiling panels, post assemblies, base and top channels, doors and door frame, and trim: USDA approved polyester based powder paint coating (standard cleanroom wall coating). Color to be white, on smooth coating and color. Coordinate with contracting officer for approval of coating and color.

2.3 ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLY

2.3.1 Roof/Ceiling Assembly

Provide finish horizontal panels, similar to wall panels, to be supported by system of posts and wall panels. System shall be pre-engineered and designed to meet these criteria.

2.3.1.1 Clear Roof/Ceiling Panel Span

As indicated on the drawings.

2.3.1.2 Roof/Ceiling Panel Load

20 PSF; roof not used for storage.

2.3.1.3 Maximum Roof/Ceiling Panel Deflection

L/360.

2.4 DOOR ASSEMBLIES

2.4.1 Door Assemblies

Manufactured and factory install in wall panel pre-hung door assemblies consisting of steel door, frame, and hinges. Provide lockset and other hardware for site installation.

2.4.2 Door

Flush, non-rated, hollow steel construction fabricated from 20 gage steel

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 51: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

sheet.

2.4.2.1 Size

Pair of 36 by 84 inches by 1-3/4 inches thick.

2.4.2.2 Core

Resin impregnated kraft honeycomb.

2.4.2.3 Vision Lites

Provide 4 by 25 inches steel framed, factory installed vision lites with 1/4 inch thick, tempered, safety glass. Color to be clear. Factory glaze windows with metal stops and resilient gaskets

2.4.3 Frames

Combination type with integral stop and trim fabricated from 16 gage steel sheet.

2.4.4 Hardware

Provide required hardware meeting minimum requirements of ANSI A156, Grade 1. Unless otherwise indicated, door hardware shall have satin chrome finish.

2.4.5 Hinges

Full mortise, anti-friction, 5 knuckle type. Provide 3 minimum per door.

2.4.5.1 Lockset

Heavy duty, cylindrical, lever type lockset with function as indicated on the drawings. Coordinate lock and keying with the Contracting Officer.

2.4.5.2 Closer

Modern type, surface mounted on door with cover, full rack and pinion action, forged steel arms, and cast iron piston and cylinder.

2.4.5.3 Kick Plates

Stainless steel plate 16 inches high by door width installed on push side.

2.4.5.4 Door Sweep

Aluminum extrusion with vinyl sweep and surface mounted on door.

2.4.6 Door and Frame Finish

Baked acrylic enamel to match color of wall panel vinyl.

2.5 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

2.5.1 Electrical Equipment

Equip prefabricated rooms with electrical outlets as indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Minimum requirements are:

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 52: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.5.2 Lighting

Provide ceiling light fixtures to produce 20 footcandle lighting level.

2.5.2.1 Light Fixture Type

12 by 48 inches surface mounted, 110 volt, UL listed fixture with four 40 watt fluorescent bulbs producing 3100 lumens per bulb.

2.5.2.2 Layout

As indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

2.5.2.3 Switches

Provide single, double, or 3-way grounded, quiet type, UL listed switches to control room lighting as indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Mount switches 48 inches above floor.

2.5.3 Modular Electrical Wiring System

Custom designed, NEC compliant system of modular, interchangeable, UL listed components that snap together as prefabricated room is assembled; Wire-Pak Modular Wiring System as manufactured by National Partitions.

2.5.3.1 Capacity

7 wire system utilizing three 110 volt 20 amps circuits.

2.5.3.2 Conduit

1/2 inch diameter flexible BX cable.

2.5.3.3 Wiring

12 gage, THHN Type, stranded copper.

2.5.3.4 Connectors

Male and female directional type ensuring system is assembled correctly.

2.5.3.5 Breaker Panel

Provide separate runs to breaker panel for 220 volt circuits serving air conditioners and other equipment.

2.5.3.6 Cable Run

Maximum cable run without junction box connector: 50 feet.

2.5.4 Electrical Wiring System

Provide UL listed outlets and switches with junction boxes, 1/2 inch rigid conduit, couplings, and 90 degree elbows that extend into ceiling plenum. Conduit for light fixtures and all wiring and electrical connections shall be provided by others as part of Division 01 - Wiring Methods.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 53: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

Coordinate provision of prefabricated room with other construction to ensure concrete support slabs and electrical supply are adequate. Ensure that access for delivery of components and storage and staging area is sufficient.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Erect prefabricated room system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings.

Do not cut or alter components during installation except as directed by manufacturer's written installation instructions. Do not install bent, dented, or scratched panels and components. Remove and replace components damaged during installation.

Layout partition plan on floor with chalk lines according to Drawings and approved shop drawings. Indicate door locations.

3.2.1 Base Channel

Cut pieces to size allowing 1/4 inch corner gaps and 40 inches openings for standard door assemblies. Anchor channel to floor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.2.2 Posts

Loosely assembly two-piece posts. Bolt in structural inserts if required. Install required electrical components in posts.

3.2.3 Wall Panels

Starting at room corner, construct walls by inserting panels into base channel. Clamp vertical panel edges by tightening post bolts. Temporarily brace wall panels as work progresses.

3.2.4 Trim

Snap-in post feature strips on both side of posts to conceal bolts. At room corners bolt together inside and outside trim pieces.

3.2.5 Door Assembly

Install in same manner as wall panels.

3.2.6 Top Channel

Fit continuously over wall panels. Cut channel to size allowing 1/4 inch gap at corner and cover with outside corner post.

3.2.7 Roof/Ceiling Panels

Install around top of wall panels.

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 54: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.2.8 Modular Wiring System

Fasten flexible conduit and junction boxes to underside of roof/ceiling panels. Connect wiring from outlets and switches and extend to breaker panel.

3.2.9 Light Fixtures

Place at locations indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Support fixtures from roof deck, not ceiling suspension grid. Plug in modular electrical wiring.

3.3 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT

3.3.1 Testing

Open, close, lock, and unlock all doors. Adjust door hardware for smooth operation.

3.3.2 Adjusting

Check all electrical outlets, switches, and light fixtures. Verify they are functional. Correct deficiencies.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

Remove from site packaging, excess materials, and other debris resulting from erection of prefabricated room.

Touch up minor scraped or damaged finishes with factory supplied matching materials.

Remove protective film from panels.

Remove component identification labels. Leave wall panels, doors, trim, and other exposed surfaces free from finger marks and dirt.

Protect completed room from damage from remaining construction operations.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 13 20 00 Page 10C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 55: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 05 83.63

CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) LINING11/16

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)

API Spec 13A (2010; Errata 1 2014; Errata 2-3 2015) Specification for Drilling-Fluid Materials

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D543 (2014) Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents

ASTM D638 (2014) Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics

ASTM D790 (2015; E 2016; E 2016) Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials

ASTM F1216 (2016) Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube

ASTM F1743 (2016) Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipeline and Conduits by Pulled-In-Place Installation of Cured-In-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP)

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Installation Equipment

CIPP Lining Tube

Pipe Thermoset Epoxy Resin

SECTION 22 05 83.63 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 56: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Liner Materials

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

CIPP Manufacturer's Written Installation Instructions

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Report Summarizing The Extent Of the Pipe Lining Performed

Pipe Pre-Lining Inspection

Pipe Post-Lining Inspection

Manufacturer's Warranty

Record Drawings

1.3 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

Inspect the line with closed-circuit television (CCTV) and determine the overall condition of the pipe before the pre-conditioning of the pipe.

1.4 WARRANTY

Submit six (6) copies of the signed Manufacturer's Warranty for products within two (2) weeks of final completion of the work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Provide a new cured-in-place pipe (CIPP) lining systems for the roof drain leader and storm water piping that is complete and ready for operation.

Perform the reconstruction using a tube of one or more layers of flexible needle-perforated felt or an equivalent non-woven perforated material, of a specified length not to exceed 60 feet, and a thermo-set resin with physical and chemical properties appropriate for the application, in accordance with ASTM F1216. Submit product data for the epoxy resin, liner materials, and installation equipment. Ensure that all drilling fluids conform to API Spec 13A.

2.2 MATERIALS

2.2.1 CIPP Lining Tube

Provide a liner tube consisting of one or more layers of flexible needle-perforated felt or an equivalent non-woven perforated material, continuous in length with uniform wall thickness. Allow overlapping sections in the length of the liner. Ensure that the liner tube can conform to 45- and 90-degree bends, offset joints, bells, and disfigured pipe sections.

Provide an integrated bladder within the felt tube. Ensure that the bladder is made from materials compatible with the felt and resin systems used and can withstand the required installation pressure.

SECTION 22 05 83.63 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 57: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.2 CIPP Properties

Provide a CIPP that meets minimum chemical-resistance requirements in accordance with ASTM D543. Conduct a test whereby the CIPP is exposed to the chemical solutions listed in Table 1 at temperatures up to 75 degrees F. Conduct this test for a minimum of one month. Do not accept the CIPP if the values for the CIPP's structural properties show a loss of 20 percent or more from the initial values.

TABLE 1 - CHEMICAL-RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS

Chemical Solution Concentration Percent

Tap Water (pH 6-9) 100.0

Nitric Acid 5.0

Phosphoric Acid 10.0

Sulfuric Acid 10.0

Gasoline 100.0

Vegetable Oil 100.0

Detergent or Soap 0.1

Ensure that the CIPP meets the minimum structural properties listed in Table 2:

TABLE 2 - CIPP INITIAL STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES - ASTM F1743

Property ASTM Test Method Minimum Value

Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi

Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi

Short-Term Flexural Modulus of Elasticity

ASTM D790 250,000 psi

Provide a cured liner with a light blue reflective internal wall color so that a CCTV inspection can show details clearly.

2.2.3 Resin

Provide an epoxy-resin-impregnated, cured tube that is resistant to shrinkage, corrosion, and oxidation resistant to abrasion from solids, grit, and sand in rainwater; and is solvent-free. Use a resin with proven resistance to storm water and ultra-violet light (sunlight) before to installation. Do not use polyester or vinyl ester resins.

Ensure that the proposed resin system does not contain silicones, stearates, or natural waxes that would adversely affect the adhesive properties or other chemical or physical properties of the CIPP liner.

SECTION 22 05 83.63 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 58: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

Install the CIPP system, including materials, workmanship, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, and inspection.

3.1.1 General

Inform the Contracting Officer of a temporary roof drain flow stoppage, for a period typically lasting 2 to 3 days. Provide a by-pass of the collector pipe.

For access at the bottom of the pipe sections, remove pipe sections near the floor or at the points specified in the design drawings.

3.1.2 Deviations

If the pre-installation inspection reveals conditions in the rain leader that are substantially different from those used in the design of wall thickness, liner tube construction, liner tube length, or resin system, notify the Contracting Officer and provide a videotape recording of the existing conditions and design data. Do not proceed without direction from the Contracting Officer.

3.1.3 Pipe Preparation

Precondition the pipe section by cleaning the section and removing corrosion, grease buildup, or other obstructions that may interfere with lining operations.

Leave obstructions in place that are less than 15 percent of the pipe diameter and cannot be removed from the pipe, and line over them.

To ensure that the pipe is ready for lining, use a CCTV to inspect the line immediately before lining and after cleaning is complete.

3.1.4 CIPP Installation Procedure

3.1.4.1 Wet Out

Calculate the amount of resin and catalyst required. Measure and mix the resin and catalyst. Saturate and impregnate the flexible felt tube with the amount of epoxy resin that was estimated before installation. Handle the resin-impregnated flexible tube in a way that retards or prevents resin from setting until the resin is ready for insertion.

3.1.4.2 Insertion

Use the pull in place method to install the liner or bladder system. Pull the liner or bladder system to the specified location in the pipe. Use compressed air to inflate the bladder to a pressure adequate to form the liner so that the liner fits tightly against the internal circumference of the pipe and causes the resin to migrate into pipe joints, voids and defects. Install the liner at low pressure (not to exceed 10 psi) in order to prevent damage to the host pipe (or further damage, if damage has already occurred).

SECTION 22 05 83.63 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 59: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.1.4.3 Curing

Use compressed air to inflate the bladder and leave the liner in place until the resin-curing cycle is complete (within one hour at ambient temperature).

When the curing process is complete, release the pressure and pull out the inflation bladder. Ensure that the cured composite liner remains in place within the host pipe and that the liner provides a smooth bore interior that conforms to the existing pipe, eliminating water leakage. Ensure that the tube is continuous in length and wall thickness, and that the tube is uniform. If defects that were in the original pipe remain, reline the pipe again.

3.1.4.4 Finish

Ensure that the host pipe has not been left with any barriers, coatings, or material other than the cured liner tube or resin composite, which is specifically designed for desirable physical and chemical-resistance properties. Remove materials used in the installation, except for the cured liner tube or resin composite. Remove the cured liner tube or resin composite pipes left protruding from the service connection. Ensure that the finished CIPP is continuous and free from visual defects such as inclusions of foreign materials, dry spots, pinholes, and delimitation.

3.1.5 Liner Inspection

Perform a final CCTV inspection to verify that the composite liner has cured and that the integrity of the liner is maintained.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Test system in accordance with ASTM F1743, as supplemented and modified by the CIPP manufacturer's written installation instructions.

Upon completion, submit DVD records of the pre-lining inspection and post-lining inspection, along with a written report summarizing the extent of the pipe lining performed. Update pipe the lining contract record drawings to reflect the as-built condition after the lining is complete and submit the drawings to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer may review the video and documentation, and may inspect the work site to determine that the scope of work is complete, that the work is satisfactory, and that the site has been returned to its original condition.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

After liner installation has been completed and accepted, clean the entire project area and restore the site to its original condition before work began. Dispose of excess material and debris not incorporated into the permanent installation.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 22 05 83.63 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 60: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION 22 67 00

REVERSE OSMOSIS (RO) SYSTEM PIPE, VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to

this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

Section includes reverse-osmosis-water piping, valves and accessories for

all components downstream of RO Filter skid to 029-HUM007001 and 029-

CSG001, all pumped drain piping from RO filter and blowdown from 029-

CSG001.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Minimum Working Pressure Ratings:

1. Reverse-Osmosis-Water Piping: 150 psig unless otherwise

indicated.

Seismic Performance: Water piping shall withstand the effects of

earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation;

submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only. When

used, a designation following the “G” designation identifies the office

that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be

submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures”:

SD-03 Product Data

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

Seismic Qualification Certificates: For water piping, accessories, and

components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification

is based on actual test of assembled components or on

calculation.

Page 61: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 2

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the

certification is based and their installation requirements.

Welding certificates.

Field quality-control reports.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing

Qualifications."

ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.3, "Process Piping," for piping

conveying fluid at a pressure of 15 psig or greater.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STAINLESS-STEEL PIPE & TUBING

Stainless-Steel Tube: ASTM A 270, Grade TP304L or TP316L, seamless,

sanitary tube of pharmaceutical quality, with wall thickness not less than

ASTM A 312/A 312M, Schedule 10 unless otherwise indicated; with seamless,

stainless-steel fittings matching tube thickness and grade, for welded

joints.

Stainless-Steel Tube Fittings: Fabricated of same material and thickness

as tubing for butt welding.

Finish on Outside Surface of Tubes and Fittings: Mill.

2.2 TRANSITION FITTINGS

Transition Fittings: Couplings, flanges, or other manufactured fittings;

same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible

with, piping to be joined.

2.3 STAINLESS-STEEL BALL VALVES

Description:

1. Standard: MSS SP-110.

2. Minimum CWP Rating: 1000 psig.

3. Body Material: Stainless steel.

4. Body Design: Three-piece bolted body type.

5. End Connections: Socket welding.

6. Seats: PTFE or TFE.

7. Stem: Stainless steel.

8. Ball: Stainless steel, vented.

9. Port: Full.

10. Handle: Lever type.

Page 62: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 3

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION

General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate

general location and arrangement of water piping. Location and arrangement

of piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping

as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not

indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions.

Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for

seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and

Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by

building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment

rooms and service areas.

Install piping indicated to be exposed and in equipment rooms and service

areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are

prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for

removal of ceiling panel, and coordinate with other services occupying

that space.

Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and

maintenance of equipment.

Install piping to permit valve servicing.

Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure

ratings the same as or higher than system pressure ratings unless

otherwise indicated.

Install piping free of sags and bends.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.

Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220000.

Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.

Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220000.

Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and

floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in

Section 220000.

3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

Where specific joint construction is not indicated, follow piping

manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 63: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 4

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Stainless-Steel Sanitary Tubing Joints: Make fully penetrated-wall, butt-

welding joints without use of filler metal. Comply with AWS D1.6/D1.6M for

welding procedures and processes. Polish exterior of welds to match

tubing.

Join dissimilar pipe materials with transition fittings compatible with

pipe materials being joined.

3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION

Install sectional valves close to mains on each branch and riser serving

equipment.

Install shutoff valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment

arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without

system shutdown.

Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where

necessary.

Install valves of same size as the pipe or tube in which they are

installed unless otherwise indicated.

Install stainless-steel valves in stainless-steel tubing.

Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

Install valves in position to allow full movement of stem and lever

handle.

Install ball-check valves in horizontal or vertical position so ball will

unseat during normal flow.

Install swing-check valves in horizontal position with the hinge pin

level.

3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in

Section 22 05 48 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and

Equipment."

Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and

installation specified in Section 22 00 00.

1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in

noncorrosive environments.

2. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in

noncorrosive environments.

3. Clamps for Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42.

4. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable clevis hangers.

b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.

Page 64: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 5

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

c. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring

cushion rolls.

5. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each

fitting, valve, and coupling.

Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to minimum

3/8 inch.

Install hangers for stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum

horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

3. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

4. NPS 3: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

Install supports for vertical stainless-steel tubing every 10 feet.

Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and

manufacturer's written instructions.

3.5 CONNECTIONS

Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and

specialties.

Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and

maintenance of equipment.

Connect reverse-osmosis-water piping to equipment and service outlets with

unions or flanges.

3.6 IDENTIFICATION

Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 00 00.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Test new piping, and parts of existing piping that have been altered,

extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.

1. Schedule tests and their inspections by Government, with at least

24 hours' advance notice.

2. Do not cover piping or put into service before inspection and

approval.

3. Test completed piping according to:

Page 65: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 22 67 00 Page 6

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

a. Hydrostatic Tests: Test piping at pressure not less than 1-

1/2 times the maximum system operating pressure, but not less

than 100 psig.

4. Replace leaking joints with new materials and retest until no

leaks exist.

5. Submit separate reports for each test.

3.8 CLEANING

Use procedures prescribed below:

1. Before using, purge new piping and parts of existing piping that

have been altered, extended, or repaired.

2. Clean piping by flushing with reverse-osmosis water.

3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE

Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to

piping, and of same or compatible material, may be used in applications

below.

Reverse-Osmosis-Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each

pipe size range:

1. NPS 3 and Smaller: Stainless-steel sanitary tubing and welded

joints.

3.10 VALVE SCHEDULE

Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are

not indicated, the following requirements apply:

1. Shutoff Duty: Install ball valves in piping NPS 2 and smaller.

Install butterfly valves for NPS 3 and larger piping.

2. Throttling Duty: Install ball valves in piping NPS 2 and smaller.

Install diaphragm valves for NPS 3 and larger piping.

END OF SECTION 22 67 00

Page 66: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

(HVAC) SECTION 23 00 10

AIR HANDLING UNITS (029-ACS006 AND 029-ACS007)

11/15

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

1.2 SUMMARY

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

1.4 REFERENCES

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.5.1 Mechanical Equipment Identification

1.5.1.1 Charts

1.5.1.2 Valve Tags and System Diagrams

1.5.1.3 GOMAR Tags

1.5.2 Service Labeling

1.6 SUBMITTALS

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.7.1 Prevention of Corrosion

1.7.2 Asbestos Prohibition

1.7.3 Ozone Depleting Substances Used as Refrigerants

1.7.4 Use of Ozone Depleting Substances, Other than Refrigerants

1.7.5 Detail Drawings

1.7.6 Test Procedures

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS

2.2 EQUIPMENT GUARDS AND ACCESS

2.3 ELECTRICAL WORK

2.4 ANCHOR BOLTS

2.5 SEISMIC ANCHORAGE

2.6 FIELD-APPLIED PAINTING

2.7 INDOOR AIR QUALITY

2.8 AIR SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT

2.8.1 Coils

2.8.1.1 Direct-Expansion Coils

2.8.1.2 Water Coils

2.8.1.3 Steam Heating Coils

2.8.1.4 Steam Preheat (Nonfreeze) Coils

2.8.1.5 Eliminators

2.8.2 Air Filters

2.8.2.1 Extended Surface Pleated Panel Filters (1st Stage Pre-

Filters)

2.8.2.2 Cartridge Type Filters (2nd Stage Pre-Filters)

2.8.2.3 High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filters (Final

Filters 029-ACS006)

2.8.2.4 Holding Frames

2.8.2.5 Filter Gauges

2.9 AIR HANDLING UNIT (029-ACS006)

Page 67: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 2

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.9.1 Sealing Materials

2.9.2 Factory-Fabricated Modular Air Handling Units

2.9.2.1 Casings

2.9.2.2 Heating and Cooling Coils

2.9.2.3 Air Filters

2.9.2.4 Fan Array

2.9.2.5 Access Sections, Filter Sections, Mixing/Plenum Sections

2.9.2.6 Dampers

2.9.2.7 Controls

2.10 AIR HANDLING UNIT (029-ACS007)

2.10.1 Sealing Materials

2.10.2 Factory-Fabricated Modular Air Handling Units

2.10.2.1 Casings

2.10.2.2 Heating and Cooling Coils

2.10.2.3 Air Filters

2.10.2.4 Fan Array

2.10.2.5 Access Sections, Filter Sections, Mixing/Plenum Sections

2.10.2.6 Controls

2.11 FACTORY PAINTING

2.12 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS/SERVICES

2.12.1 Chilled Water Piping

2.12.2 Refrigerant Piping

2.12.3 Water or Steam Heating System Piping & Accessories

2.12.4 Steam System Piping, Valves & Accessories

2.12.5 Condensate Drain Lines

2.12.6 Backflow Preventers

2.12.7 Insulation

2.12.8 Controls

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

3.2 INSTALLATION

3.2.1 Condensate Drain Lines

3.2.2 Equipment and Installation

3.2.3 Equipment Pads

3.2.4 Cutting and Patching

3.2.5 Metal Ductwork

3.2.6 Dust Control

3.2.7 Insulation

3.2.8 Duct Test Holes

3.2.9 Power Transmission Components Adjustment

3.3 PENETRATIONS

3.3.1 Sleeves

3.3.2 Closure Collars

3.4 FIELD PAINTING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

3.4.1 Temperatures less than 120 degrees F

3.4.2 Temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F

3.4.3 Temperatures greater than 400 degrees F

3.5 FINISH PAINTING

3.6 IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS

3.7 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

3.7.1 Air Handling Unit Leak Test

3.7.2 Damper Acceptance Test

3.8 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

Page 68: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 3

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

3.9.1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

3.9.2 Training of Government Personnel

3.10 OPERATIONAL READINESS REVIEW (ORR)

-- End of Section Table of Contents --

Page 69: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 4

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION 23 00 00

AIR HANDLING UNITS (029-ACS006 AND 029-ACS007)

11/15

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General

and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification

Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

This Section includes performance requirements and other criteria for

air handling units 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007 supplemental components.

ACS006 & ACS007 provide pressurization/ventilation air and

dehumidification to the SSDIF clean room. Due to ongoing missions in

the SSDIF clean room, service to the space cannot be interrupted, space

temperature and humidity setpoints (68°F DB, 44% RH) and pressurization

must be maintained within tolerance (±0.5°F and ±4% RH maximum deviation

and rate of change per hour) without interruption. Many common

materials used in the construction of commercial air handling equipment,

including sealants, gasket materials, adhesives, plasticizers, coatings

are forbidden to be in contact with the cleanroom environment airstream

or have the potential to off gas into the airstream serving the SSDIF

clean room. Material restrictions have been identified on the contract

drawing set. All materials, sealants, adhesives, gaskets and finishes

proposed for use in the air handing units (regardless of whether the

materials comply with project specifications) must be submitted for

review and approval by NASA material compliance office. Due to space

constraints, ACS006 and ACS007 must be of modular construction type.

Units shall be factory fabricated, assembled and tested prior to

disassembly and shipping. The contractor shall coordinate all

dimensions and space constraints with the factory, taking into

consideration additional shipping and rigging dunnage and bracing.

Units shall be factory disassembled and each component or section shall

be hermetically sealed prior to shipping. Additional field disassembly

required due to unforeseen conditions shall only occur under the direct

supervision of a factory representative. To the greatest extent

possible, units shall be shipped in sections to limit field assembly and

sealing. All unit sections and components shall be thoroughly cleaned

to remove assembly lubricants, contaminants and filings at the factory.

Steam or chemical cleaning shall be acceptable. All detergents and

chemicals to be used during the cleaning process shall be submitted for

review and approval by NASA materials division. Contractor shall be

aware that NASA material review may take several weeks, or longer. Upon

completion of cleaning, all unit sections and components shall be

hermetically sealed in heavy weight plastic to prevent contamination

during transport.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements."

Page 70: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 5

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2. Division 05 Section "Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications."

3. Division 07 Section "Firestopping."

4. Division 08 Section "Wall Louvers."

5. Division 09 Section "Paints and Coatings."

6. Division 22 Section "Plumbing, General Purpose."

7. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC."

8. Division 23 Section "Thermal Insulation for Mechanical Systems."

9. Division 23 Section "Space Temperature Control Systems."

10. Division 23 Section "Steam Systems and Terminal Units."

11. Division 23 Section "Chilled, Chilled-Hot, and Condenser Water Piping Systems."

12. Division 23 Section "Refrigerant Piping."

13. Division 26 Section "Interior Distribution System."

1.4 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to

the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the

text by the basic designation only.

AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE

(AHRI)

AHRI 260 I-P (2012) Sound Rating of Ducted Air

Moving and Conditioning Equipment

AHRI 350 (2008) Sound Rating of Non-Ducted

Indoor Air-Conditioning Equipment

AHRI 410 (2001; Addendum 1 2002; Addendum 2 2005;

Addendum 3 2011) Forced-

Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-

Heating Coils

AHRI 430 (2009) Central-Station Air-Handling Units

AHRI 885 (2008; Addendum 2011) Procedure for

Estimating Occupied Space Sound Levels

in the Application of Air Terminals and

Air Outlets

AHRI DCAACP (Online) Directory of Certified

Applied Air-Conditioning Products

Page 71: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 6

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

AHRI Guideline D (1996) Application and Installation

of Central Station Air-Handling

Units

AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)

AMCA 201 (2002; R 2011) Fans and Systems

AMCA 210 (2007) Laboratory Methods of Testing

Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating

AMCA 300 (2014) Reverberant Room Method for

Sound Testing of Fans

AMCA 301 (2014) Methods for Calculating Fan

Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test

Data

AMCA 500-D (2012) Laboratory Methods of

Testing Dampers for Rating

AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)

ABMA 11 (2014) Load Ratings and Fatigue Life

for Roller Bearings

ABMA 9 (1990; ERTA 2012; S 2013) Load Ratings

and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-

CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)

ASHRAE 52.2 (2012; Errata 2013; INT 1 2014; ADD

A, B, AND D SUPP 2015; INT 3 2015)

Method of

Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning

Devices for Removal Efficiency by

Particle Size

ASHRAE 62.1 (2010; Errata 2011; INT 3 2012; INT 4

2012; INT 5 2013) Ventilation

for Acceptable Indoor Air

Quality

ASHRAE 68 (1997) Laboratory Method of Testing

to Determine the Sound Power In a

Duct

ASHRAE 70 (2006; R 2011) Method of Testing for

Rating the Performance of Air Outlets

and Inlets

ASHRAE 84 (2013; Addenda A 2013) Method of

Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers

ASHRAE 90.1 - IP (2013; INT 1 2013; Errata 1-3 2013; Errata

Page 72: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 7

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

4-6 2014; Errata 7-8 2015; INT 2-3 2015)

Energy Standard for Buildings

Except Low-Rise Residential

Buildings

ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)

ASME A13.1 (2007; R 2013) Scheme for the

Identification of Piping

Systems

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A123/A123M (2013) Standard Specification for Zinc

(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron

and Steel Products

ASTM A167 (2011) Standard Specification

for Stainless and Heat-

Resisting

Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet,

and Strip

ASTM A53/A53M (2013) Standard Specification for Pipe,

Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-

Coated, Welded and Seamless

ASTM A924/A924M (2014) Standard Specification for

General Requirements for Steel Sheet,

Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM B117 (2011) Standard Practice for

Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus

ASTM B152/B152M (2013) Standard Specification for

Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled

Bar

ASTM B209 (2014) Standard Specification for

Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and

Plate

ASTM B280 (2013) Standard Specification for

Seamless Copper Tube for Air

Conditioning and Refrigeration Field

Service

ASTM B766 (1986; R 2015) Standard Specification

for Electrodeposited Coatings of

Cadmium

ASTM C553 (2013) Standard Specification for

Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal

Insulation for Commercial and

Industrial Applications

Page 73: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 8

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

ASTM C754 (2015) Installation of Steel Framing

Members to Receive Screw-Attached

Gypsum Panel Products

ASTM C916 (2014) Standard Specification for

Adhesives for Duct Thermal

Insulation

ASTM D1654 (2008) Evaluation of Painted or

Coated Specimens Subjected to

Corrosive Environments

ASTM D3359 (2009; E 2010; R 2010) Measuring

Adhesion by Tape Test

ASTM E2016 (2011) Standard Specification

for Industrial Woven Wire Cloth

ASTM E84 (2015a) Standard Test Method for

Surface Burning Characteristics of

Building Materials

INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES AND TECHNOLOGY

(IEST) IEST RP-CC-001 (2009) HEPA and ULPA Filters

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION

(NEMA) NEMA ICS 6 (1993; R 2011) Enclosures

NEMA MG 1 (2014) Motors and Generators

NEMA MG 10 (2013) Energy Management Guide for

Selection and Use of Fixed

Frequency Medium AC Squirrel-Cage

Polyphase Induction Motors

NEMA MG 11 (1977; R 2012) Energy Management Guide

for Selection and Use of Single Phase

Motors

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 (2014; AMD 1 2013; Errata 1 2013; AMD 2

2013; Errata 2 2013; AMD 3 2014; Errata

3-4 2014; AMD 4-6 2014) National Electrical

Code

NFPA 701 (2015) Standard Methods of Fire Tests

for Flame Propagation of Textiles and

Films

NFPA 80 (2013) Standard for Fire Doors and

Other Opening Protectives

NFPA 90A (2015) Standard for the Installation

Page 74: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 9

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

of Air Conditioning and Ventilating

Systems

NFPA 105 (2016) Standard for Installation of

Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening

Protectives

SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION (SMACNA)

SMACNA 1819 (2002) Fire, Smoke and Radiation

Damper Installation Guide for HVAC

Systems, 5th Edition

SMACNA 1966 (2005) HVAC Duct Construction

Standards Metal and Flexible, 3rd

Edition

SMACNA 1972 CD (2012) HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual

- 2nd Edition

SMACNA 1981 (2008) Seismic Restraint Manual

Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 3rd

Edition

U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)

40 CFR 82 Protection of Stratospheric Ozone

29 CFR 1910.333 Electrical - Safety Related Work

Practices UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 6 (2007; Reprint Nov 2014) Electrical

Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel

UL 94 (2013; Reprint Jan 2015) Standard

for Tests for Flammability of

Plastic Materials for Parts in

Devices and Appliances

UL 181 (2013) Factory-Made Air Ducts and

Air Connectors

UL 555 (2006; Reprint May 2014) Standard for

Fire Dampers

UL 555S (2014) Smoke Dampers

UL 586 (2009; Reprint Sep 2014) Standard for

High-Efficiency Particulate, Air Filter

Units

UL 705 (2004; Reprint Dec 2013) Standard for

Power Ventilators

Page 75: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 10

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

UL 723 (2008; Reprint Aug 2013) Test for Surface

Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials

UL 900 (2015) Standard for Air Filter Units

UL 998 (2011) Standard for Safety Humidifiers

UL 1995 (2011) Heating and Cooling Equipment

UL Bld Mat Dir (2012) Building Materials Directory

UL Electrical Construction (2012) Electrical Construction Equipment

Directory

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Furnish ductwork, piping offsets, fittings, and accessories as required

to provide a complete installation. Coordinate the work of the

different trades to avoid interference between piping, equipment,

structural, and electrical work. Provide complete, in place, all

necessary offsets in piping and ductwork, and all fittings, and other

components, required to install the work as indicated and specified.

1.5.1 Mechanical Equipment Identification

The number of charts and diagrams shall be equal to or greater than the

number of mechanical equipment rooms. Where more than one chart or

diagram per space is required, mount these in edge pivoted, swinging

leaf, extruded aluminum frame holders which open to 170 degrees.

1.5.1.1 Charts

Provide chart listing of equipment by designation numbers and

capacities such as flow rates, pressure and temperature differences,

heating and cooling capacities, horsepower, pipe sizes, and voltage

and current characteristics.

1.5.1.2 Valve Tags and System Diagrams

Provide tags and system diagrams for new or modified mechanical systems.

Provide tags and system diagrams for other special mechanical systems.

Identification tags made of brass or aluminum indicating function of a

valve, control, or similar component shall be installed on such system

devices. Tags shall be 2 inches in diameter and marking shall be

stamped. System or service abbreviation and numbering shall be as

indicated on the construction documents.

Tags shall be wired to valve or equipment items with AWG No. 12

(0.0808-inch diameter) corrosion-resistant steel wire.

Diagrams shall show schematic arrangement of system piping or ductwork,

location and tag identification of valves, dampers, controls or similar

components, and GOMAR numbers for such equipment as pumps, water

heaters, air-handling system equipment, refrigeration compressors, heat

exchangers, and boilers.

Diagrams shall be neat mechanical drawings provided with extruded

Page 76: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 11

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

aluminum frames and 1/8-inch thick clear acrylic plastic protection.

Location shall be as directed by the Government. Copies of the diagrams

shall also be included in the Operations and Maintenance Manuals for the

system.

1.5.1.3 GOMAR Tags

In addition to standard manufacturer's identification plates, provide

GOMAR tags for each new piece of mechanical equipment. GOMAR tags

shall show the equipment number as indicated on the construction

documents.

Provide 0.125-inch thick melamine laminated plastic nameplates for all

GOMAR equipment, black matte finish with white center core with

engraved GOMAR number. Size shall be 1 inch high and minimum 4 inches

long.

Lettering height shall be a minimum 0.5 inch. Nameplates shall be

fastened by stainless steel self-tapping screws or contact-type

permanent adhesive compatible with label and substrate. Key nameplates

to a chart and schedule for each system. Frame charts and schedules

under clear acrylic plastic protection. Furnish 2 copies of each chart

and schedule.

1.5.2 Service Labeling

Identify similar services with different temperatures or pressures.

Where pressures could exceed 125 pounds per square inch, include the

maximum system pressure in the label. Label and arrow piping in

accordance with the following:

a. Each point of entry and exit of pipe and ductwork passing

through walls.

b. Each change in direction (i.e., elbows, tees).

c. In congested or hidden areas and at all access panels at each

point required to clarify service or indicated hazard.

d. In long straight runs, locate labels at distances within eyesight

of each other not to exceed 75 feet. All labels shall be

visible and legible from the primary service and operating area.

For Bare or Insulated Pipes and Ductwork

For Outside Diameters of: Lettering Height:

1/2 thr

u

1-

3/8

inch 1/2 inch

For Bare or Insulated Pipes and Ductwork

Page 77: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 12

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

For Outside Diameters of: Lettering Height:

1-1/2 thru 2-3/8 inch 3/4 inch

2-1/2 inch thru 6 inches 1-1/4 inch

over 6 inches thru 10 inches 2-1/2 inch

over 10 inches 3-1/2 inch

Labels shall be made of self-sticking, plastic film designed for

permanent installation. Labels shall be color-coded in compliance with

ASME A13.1.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;

submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When

used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office

that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be

submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures":

SD-01 Preconstruction

Submittals Test

Procedures; G

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Detail Drawings; G, AE

Valve Tags And System Diagrams; G,

AE SD-03 Product Data

Air Handling Units; G, AE

SD-05 Design Data

Metal Ductwork; G,

AE SD-06 Test Reports

Air Handling Unit Leak

Test; G, AE Damper

Acceptance Test; G, AE

System Performance Testing; G, AE

SD-07 Certificates

Page 78: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 13

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Bolts; G

Technician Certification; G Recovery/Recycling

Equipment Certification; G

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Operation and Maintenance Manuals; G

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Except as otherwise specified, approval of materials and equipment

is based on manufacturer's published data.

a. Where materials and equipment are specified to conform to the standards of the Underwriters Laboratories, the label of or listing

with reexamination in UL Bld Mat Dir, and UL 6 is acceptable as

sufficient evidence that the items conform to Underwriters

Laboratories requirements. In lieu of such label or listing, submit a

written certificate from any nationally recognized testing agency,

adequately equipped and competent to perform such services, stating

that the items have been tested and that the units conform to the

specified requirements. Outline methods of testing used by the

specified agencies.

b. Where materials or equipment are specified to be constructed or tested, or both, in compliance with the standards of the ASTM

International (ASTM), the ASME International (ASME), or other

standards, a manufacturer's certificate of compliance of each item

is acceptable as proof of compliance.

c. Conformance to such agency requirements does not relieve the item from compliance with other requirements of these specifications.

1.7.1 Prevention of Corrosion

All metallic fastener components within the units shall be constructed

from type 304 or 316L stainless steel. All internal supports,

brackets, etc. exposed to the airstream shall be constructed from clear

anodized aluminum, Type 304 or 316L stainless steel.

Protect metallic materials against corrosion. Manufacturer shall

provide rust-inhibiting treatment and standard finish for the exterior

equipment enclosures. Do not use aluminum in contact with earth, and

where connected to dissimilar metal. Protect aluminum by approved

fittings, barrier material, or treatment. Ferrous parts such as

anchors, bolts, braces, boxes, bodies, clamps, fittings, guards, nuts,

pins, rods, shims, thimbles, washers, and miscellaneous parts not of

corrosion-resistant steel or nonferrous materials shall be cadmium-

plated in compliance with ASTM B766 for interior building locations,

not exposed to the airstream. Provide written certification from the

bolt manufacturer that the bolts furnished comply with the requirements

of this specification. Include illustrations of product markings, and

the number of each type of bolt to be furnished in the certification.

1.7.2 Asbestos Prohibition

Page 79: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 14

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Do not use asbestos and asbestos-containing products.

1.7.3 Ozone Depleting Substances Used as Refrigerants

Minimize releases of Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) during repair,

maintenance, servicing or disposal of appliances containing ODS's by

complying with all applicable sections of 40 CFR 82, Subpart F. Any

person conducting repair, maintenance, servicing or disposal of

appliances owned by NASA shall comply with the following:

a. Do not knowingly vent or otherwise release into the environment, Class I or Class II substances used as a refrigerant.

b. Do not open appliances without meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 82 Part 82.156 Subpart F, regarding required practices for evacuation

and collection of refrigerant, and 40 CFR 82 Part 82.158 Subpart F,

regarding standards of recycling and recovery equipment.

c. Only persons who comply with 40 CFR 82 Part 82.161 Subpart F, regarding technician certification, can conduct work on appliances

containing refrigerant.

Submit documentation substantiating compliance with the requirements

of this section at least 14 calendar days prior to initiating

maintenance, repair, servicing, dismantling or disposal of

appliances, including:

a. Technician Certification.

b. Recovery/Recycling Equipment Certification.

1.7.4 Use of Ozone Depleting Substances, Other than Refrigerants

The use of Class I or Class II ODS's listed as nonessential in 40 CFR

82 Part 82.66 Subpart C is prohibited. These prohibited materials and

uses include:

a. Any plastic party spray streamer or noise horn which is propelled by a chlorofluorocarbon

b. Any cleaning fluid for electronic and photographic equipment which contains a chlorofluorocarbon; including liquid packaging,

solvent wipes, solvent sprays, and gas sprays.

c. Any plastic flexible or packaging foam product which is manufactured with or contains a chlorofluorocarbon, including, open cell foam,

open cell rigid polyurethane poured foam, closed cell extruded

polystyrene sheet foam, closed cell polyethylene foam and closed

cell polypropylene foam except for flexible or packaging foam used

in coaxial cabling.

d. Any aerosol product or other pressurized dispenser which contains a chlorofluorocarbon, except for those listed in 40 CFR 82 Part

82.66 Subpart C.

Request a waiver if a facility requirement dictates that a prohibited

material is necessary to achieve project goals. Submit the waiver

Page 80: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 15

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

request in writing to the Government. The waiver will be evaluated and

dispositioned.

1.7.5 Detail Drawings

Submit detail drawings showing equipment layout, including assembly and

installation details and electrical connection diagrams; ductwork layout

showing the location of all supports and hangers, typical hanger

details, gauge reinforcement, reinforcement spacing rigidity

classification, and static pressure and seal classifications. Include

any information required to demonstrate that the system has been

coordinated and functions properly as a unit on the drawings and show

equipment relationship to other parts of the work, including clearances

required for operation and maintenance. Submit drawings showing bolt-

setting information, and foundation bolts prior to concrete foundation

construction for all equipment indicated or required to have concrete

foundations. Submit function designation of the equipment and any other

requirements specified throughout this Section with the shop drawings.

1.7.6 Test Procedures

Submit proposed test procedures for the air handling unit, ductwork leak

test, damper acceptance test, and system performance testing for each

system at least 2 weeks prior to the start of related testing.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the project site in the manufacturer's

original packaging, containers, or bundles with manufacturer and

supplier's labeling clearly visible.

Protect stored equipment at the jobsite from the weather, humidity

and temperature variations, dirt and dust, or other contaminants.

Additionally, cap or plug all pipes until installed.

Storage area shall be easily accessible for inspection. Damaged

items shall be replaced with new when directed by the Government.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS

Provide components and equipment that are the "standard products" of a

manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of products that

are of a similar material, design and workmanship. "Standard products"

shall be defined as being in satisfactory commercial or industrial use

for 2 years, including applications of components and equipment under

similar circumstances and of similar size, satisfactorily completed by

a product that is sold on the commercial market through advertisements,

manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures. Products having less than a 2-

year field service record are acceptable if a certified record of

satisfactory field operation, for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of

the manufacturer's factory tests, can be shown. Provide equipment items

that are supported by a service organization. Where applicable, provide

equipment that is listed on the ENERGY STAR Qualified Products List or

that meets or exceeds the FEMP-designated Efficiency Requirement.

Page 81: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 16

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.2 EQUIPMENT GUARDS AND ACCESS

Fully enclose or guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings,

projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts exposed to

personnel contact according to OSHA requirements. Properly guard or

cover with insulation of a type specified, high temperature equipment

and piping exposed to contact by personnel or where it creates a

potential fire hazard. The requirements for catwalks, operating

platforms, ladders, and guardrails are specified in Division 05 Section

"Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications."

2.3 ELECTRICAL WORK

a. Provide vapor proof light fixtures with high efficacy LED lamps within each accessible air handling unit section. Lighting shall

provide a lighting level of 40 FC (averaged horizontal Footcandles)

as measured at the unit floor. Provide local switches with pilot

lights at each air handling unit section access door. All lighting

circuits shall be pre-wired from the factory in flexible, liquid

tight conduit. Conduits shall be fastened to unit interior walls

with type 304 stainless steel clamps and hardware. All lighting

shall be circuited to a single point power connection at the unit

fan section and terminated in a factory installed junction box

mounted on the exterior surface of the unit.

b. Provide motors, controllers, integral disconnects, contactors, lighting, and controls with their respective pieces of equipment,

except controllers indicated as part of motor control centers.

Provide electrical equipment, including motors, lighting, wiring and

conduit as specified in Division 26 Section "Interior Distribution

System."

c. Provide manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and control wiring

required for controls and devices specified, but not shown. For

packaged equipment, include manufacturer provided controllers with

the required monitors and timed restart.

d. For single-phase motors, provide high-efficiency type, fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors, including motors

that are part of a system, that comply with the requirements of

NEMA MG 11. Integral size motors shall be the premium efficiency

type compliant with NEMA MG 1.

e. For polyphase motors, provide squirrel-cage medium induction motors, including motors that are part of a system, and that meet

the efficiency ratings for premium efficiency motors in compliance

with NEMA MG 1. Select premium efficiency polyphase motors in

compliance with NEMA MG 10.

f. Provide motors compliant with NEMA MG 1 and of sufficient size to drive the load at the specified capacity without exceeding the

nameplate rating of the motor. Provide motors rated for continuous

duty with the enclosure specified.Provide motor duty that allows for

maximum frequency start-stop operation and minimum encountered

interval between start and stop.Provide motor torque capable of

accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of

the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting

Page 82: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 17

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

period. Provide motor starters complete with thermal overload

protection and other necessary appurtenances. Fit motor bearings

with grease supply fittings and grease relief to outside of the

enclosure or use sealed bearings.

g. Where variable-speed motors are indicated, provide adjustable frequency drives for motors as specified in Division 26 Section

"Variable Frequency Drive Systems Under 600 Volts."

2.4 ANCHOR BOLTS

Provide anchor bolts for equipment placed on concrete equipment pads or

on concrete slabs. Bolts to be of the size and number recommended by

the equipment manufacturer and located by means of suitable templates.

Installation of anchor bolts shall not degrade the surrounding

concrete.

2.5 SEISMIC ANCHORAGE

Comply with the anchoring requirements defined in SMACNA 1981.

2.6 FIELD-APPLIED PAINTING

Field-applied painting shall comply with equipment manufacturer's

standards, unless specified otherwise. Permission to touch-up factory-

applied paint finishes shall be granted by the Government prior to

execution. Otherwise, equipment shall be returned to the factory for

re-finishing. Painting of surfaces inside of the air handling

unit shall comply with NASA materials division requirements and

shall be subject to review prior to execution. All paint/coatings

intended to be applied to the interior surfaces must be submitted

for review and approval. Submittals shall contain material cut

sheets, including chemical composition, MSDS, specific area/surface

on which the coating will be applied and total surface area to be

covered.

2.7 INDOOR AIR QUALITY

Provide equipment and components that comply with the requirements of

ASHRAE 62.1 unless more stringent requirements are specified herein.

2.8 AIR SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT

2.8.1 Coils

Provide fin-and-tube type coils constructed of seamless copper tubes

and aluminum fins mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes. Provide

copper tube wall thickness that is a minimum of 0.016 inches. Provide

aluminum fins that are 0.0055 inch minimum thickness. Provide casing

300 Series and tube support sheets that are not lighter than 16 gauge

stainless steel, formed to provide structural strength.When required,

provide multiple tube supports to prevent tube sag. Test each coil at

the factory under water at not less than 400 psi air pressure and make

suitable for 200 psi working pressure and 300 degrees F operating

temperature unless otherwise stated. Mount coils for counterflow

service. Rate and certify coils to meet the requirements of AHRI 410.

Page 83: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 18

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.8.1.1 Direct-Expansion Coils

Provide interlaced, multi-circuit, direct-expansion coils for the

specified refrigerant. Coils shall be circuited to insure full face area

is active regardless of which refrigerant circuit is active. Provide

refrigerant piping that conforms to ASTM B280, Specification Section 23

23 00 and clean, dehydrate and seal. Provide seamless copper suction

headers with copper connections.

Provide supply headers that consist of a distributor which distributes

the refrigerant through seamless copper tubing equally to all circuits

in the coil. Provide circuited tubes to ensure minimum pressure drop and

maximum heat transfer. Provide circuiting that permits refrigerant flow

from inlet to suction outlet without causing oil slugging or restricting

refrigerant flow in coil. Provide coils which are completely dehydrated

and sealed at the factory upon completion of pressure tests.

2.8.1.2 Hydronic Coils

Install water coils with a pitch of not less than 1/8 inch/foot of the

tube length toward the drain end. Use headers constructed of welded

steel or copper. Furnish each coil with a plugged vent and drain

connection extending through the unit casing. Provide Type 304

stainless steel drain pans and intermediate drain pans for stacked

coils. All spaces between coil segments and coils and unit casings

shall be blanked with stainless steel panels and sealed air tight.

2.8.1.3 Steam Heating Coils

Construct steam coils from cast semisteel, welded steel or copper

headers, and copper tubes. Construct headers from welded steel or copper.

Provide fin tube and header section that float within the casing to

allow free expansion of tubing for coils subject to high pressure steam

service. Provide each coil with a field or factory installed vacuum

breaker. Provide single-tube type coils with tubes not less than 1/2 inch

outside diameter, except for steam preheat coils. Provide supply headers

that distribute steam evenly to all tubes at the indicated steam

pressure. Factory test coils to ensure that, when supplied with a uniform

face velocity, temperature across the leaving side is uniform with a

maximum variation of no more than 5 percent.

2.8.1.4 Steam Preheat (Nonfreeze) Coils

Provide steam-distribution-tube type steam (nonfreeze) coils with

condensing tubes not less than 1 inch outside diameter for tube lengths

60 inches and over and 1/2 inch outside diameter for tube lengths under

60 inches. Construct headers from cast iron, welded steel, or copper.

Provide distribution tubes that are not less than 5/8 inch outside

diameter for tube lengths 60 inches and over and 3/8 inch outside

diameter for tube lengths under 60 inches with orifices to discharge

steam to condensing tubes. Install distribution tubes concentric inside

of condensing tubes and hold securely in alignment. Limit maximum length

of a single coil to 144 inches. Factory test coils to ensure that, when

supplied with a uniform face velocity, temperature across the leaving

side is uniform with a maximum variation of no more than 5 percent.

2.8.1.5 Eliminators

Page 84: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 19

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Equip each cooling coil having an air velocity of over 400 fpm through

the net face area with moisture eliminators, unless the coil

manufacturer guarantees, over the signature of a responsible company

official, that no moisture can be carried beyond the drip pans under

actual conditions of operation. Construct of minimum 24 gauge stainless

steel, removable through the nearest access door in the casing or

ductwork. Provide eliminators that have not less than two bends at 45

degrees and are spaced not more than 2-1/2 inches center-to-center on

face. Provide each bend with an integrally formed hook as indicated in

the SMACNA 1884. Media/mesh type eliminators shall not be acceptable.

2.8.2 Air Filters

Material restrictions have been identified on the contract drawing set. All

materials, sealants, adhesives, gaskets and finishes proposed for use in the

airstream (regardless of whether the materials comply with project

specifications) must be submitted for review and approval by NASA material

compliance office. List air filters according to requirements of UL 900.

DOP test method shall not be utilized for testing and certifying pre-filters

and High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filters. Only PSL Micro Sphere

testing shall be accepted. Label Service to meet the requirements of UL 586.

2.8.2.1 Extended Surface Pleated Panel Filters (1st Stage Pre-Filters)

Provide 2 inch depth, sectional, disposable type filters of the size

indicated with a MERV of 8 when tested according to ASHRAE 52.2. Provide

initial resistance at 500 fpm that does not exceed 0.36 inches water

gauge.

Provide UL Class 2 filters. Attach a wire support grid bonded to the

media to a moisture resistant fiberboard frame. Bond all four edges

of the filter media to the inside of the frame to prevent air bypass

and increase rigidity.

2.8.2.2 Cartridge Type Filters (2nd Stage Pre-Filters)

Provide 12 inch depth, sectional, replaceable dry media type filters of

the size indicated with a MERV of 15 when tested according to ASHRAE

52.2. Provide initial resistance at 500 fpm that does not exceed 0.56

inches, water gauge. Provide UL class 1 filters, and pleated microglass

paper media with corrugated aluminum separators, sealed inside the

filter cell to form a totally rigid filter assembly. Fluctuations in

filter face velocity or turbulent airflow have no effect on filter

integrity or performance. Install each filter with an extended surface

pleated media panel filter as a prefilter in a factory preassembled side

access housing, or a factory-made sectional frame bank, as indicated.

2.8.2.3 High-Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filters (Final Filters 029-

ACS006)

Provide HEPA filters that meet the requirements of IEST RP-CC-001 and

are individually tested and certified to have an efficiency of not less

than 99.99 percent, and an initial resistance at 500 fpm that does not

exceed 1.35 inches water gauge. Provide filters that are constructed by

pleating a continuous sheet of filter medium into closely spaced pleats

separated by corrugated aluminum inserts. Provide interlocking,

dovetailed, molded gaskets of NASA approved material with 5-10

durometer that are cemented to the perimeter of the downstream face of

Page 85: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 20

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

the filter cell sides. Provide self-extinguishing type adhesive

approved by NASA materials division. Provide filter cell sides that are

anodized aluminum, and assembled in a rigid manner. Provide overall

cell side dimensions that are correct to 1/16 inch, and squareness that

is maintained to within 1/8 inch. Provide holding frames that use

spring loaded fasteners or other devices to seal the filter tightly

within it and that prevent any bypass leakage around the filter during

its installed life. Seals shall be constructed from Poron or other NASA

approved material. Silicon, Butyl or other materials shall be

expressly forbidden. Provide air capacity and the nominal depth of the

filter as indicated. Install each filter in a factory preassembled side

access housing or a factory-made sectional supporting frame as

indicated.

2.8.2.4 Holding Frames

Fabricate frames from not lighter than 16 gauge sheet steel with

NASA materials division approved rust-inhibitor coating or Type 304

stainless steel. Equip each holding frame with suitable filter

holding devices. Provide gasketed holding frame seats. Gasketing

material shall be constructed from approved materials as indicated

in this Section. All gasketing material shall be submitted for

review and approval by NASA Materials Compliance Office. Make all

joints airtight.

2.8.2.5 Filter Differential Pressure Gauge/Transmitter

Provide dial type filter gauges with integral transmitter, 4-20 mA

signal output, diaphragm actuated draft for each filter bank, including

those filters which are furnished as integral parts of factory

fabricated air handling units. Coordinate DP gauge/transmitter output

signal with controls contractor to insure all points are mapped, alarms

set and graphics included in the existing Honeywell DDC control system.

Gauges shall be at least 3-7/8 inches in diameter, with white dials with

black figures, and graduations with a minimum range of 1 inch of water

beyond the specified final resistance for the filter bank on which each

gauge is applied. Provide each gauge with a screw operated zero

adjustment and two static pressure tips with integral compression

fittings, two molded plastic vent valves, two 5 foot minimum lengths of

1/4 inch diameter aluminum tubing, and all hardware and accessories for

gauge mounting.

2.9 AIR HANDLING UNIT (029-ACS006)

2.9.1 Sealing Materials

Due to material restrictions in the SSDIF clean room, certain standard

sealants, gaskets and finishes are prohibited for use. Recommended

materials for approval include:

a. Gaskets: Viton or Poron 4701.

b. Sealants: Siroflex Duo-Sil Acrylic/polyurethane blend or BASF

Sonolastic NP1 polyurethane sealant.

Page 86: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 21

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.9.2 Factory-Fabricated Modular Air Handling Units

Provide single-zone draw-through type units as indicated. Unit shall

include fan arrays, steam pre-heat coil with integral face and bypass

system, hydronic cooling coils, DX cooling coils, airtight insulated

casing, inlet and final discharge filter sections, access sections between

all coils, mixing box/inlet plenums, vibration-isolators, and

appurtenances required for specified operation. Provide vibration

isolators as indicated. Physical dimensions of each air handling unit

shall be suitable to fit space allotted to the unit while providing the

capacity indicated. Provide air handling unit that is rated in compliance

with AHRI 430 and AHRI certified for cooling.

2.9.2.1 Casings

Provide the following

a. Casing sections: 2 inch double wall type, exterior casing panels

shall be constructed of a minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel; inner

casing of double-wall units shall be a minimum 20 gauge solid

corrosion-resisting sheet stainless steel conforming to ASTM A167,

Type 304. Design and construct casing with an integral insulated

structural galvanized steel frame such that exterior panels are non-

load bearing.

b. Individually removable exterior panels with standard tools. Removal shall not affect the structural integrity of the unit.

Furnish casings with access sections in compliance with the

paragraph entitled "Air Handling Units." Inspection doors and

access doors shall all be capable of opening a minimum of 90

degrees.

c. Insulated, fully gasketed, double-wall type inspection and access doors, of a minimum 18 gauge galvanized outer and 20 gauge

Type 304 stainless steel inner panels. Doors shall be rigid and

provided with heavy duty hinges and metal compression latches.

Access doors shall be a minimum 24 inches wide, the full height

of the unit casing or a minimum of 6 feet, whichever is less.

Install a minimum 8 by 8 inches sealed double pane insulated

glass window suitable for the intended application, in all access

doors.

d. Double-wall insulated type drain pan (insulation thickness equal to exterior casing) constructed of 16 gauge corrosion

resisting sheet steel compliant with ASTM A167, Type 304, and

ASHRAE 62.1. Construct drain pans water tight, and designed for

positive condensate drainage. When 2 or more cooling coils are

used, with one stacked above the other, condensate from the upper

coils shall not flow across the face of lower coils. Provide

intermediate drain pans or condensate collection channels and

downspouts, as required to carry condensate to the unit drain pan

out of the air stream and without moisture carryover. Construct

drain pan to allow for easy visual inspection, including

underneath the coil without removal of the coil and to allow

complete and easy physical cleaning of the pan underneath the coil

without removal of the coil. Coils shall be individually

removable from the casing.

Page 87: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 22

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

e. Casing insulation compliant with NFPA 90A. Double-wall casing sections handling conditioned air shall be insulated with not less than

2 inches, 1-1/2 pound density coated fibrous glass material having a

thermal conductivity not greater than 0.23 Btu/hr-sf-F. Foil-faced

insulation is not acceptable. Insulation shall be completely sealed by

inner and outer panels.

f. Provide access doors in all fan, filter, coil and plenum sections. Provide one (1) 3/4” diameter instrument test port in

each access door. Test ports shall have die cast aluminum body

with flange base and two (2) bolt holes, screwed cap with viton o-

ring, cap safety chain and viton flange gasket. bore through

insulated door panel shall be sleeved with type 304 stainless steel

tube. Weld tube fully to interior and exterior casing.

g. Unless indicated otherwise, all sections shall be sized to provide 30” minimum clearance between coil faces, filter to coil,

filter to fan, fan to coil, filter to casing. Sections containing

integral face and bypass coil/damper assemblies shall be provided

with 36” minimum clearance between adjacent coils per

manufacturer’s written instructions.

h. Provide two (2) spare 3/4” conduit pass through ports for future control and sensor wiring into the unit. Pass through ports shall

consist of ¾” stainless steel conduits welded to the unit interior

and exterior casing surfaces. Conduits shall protrude 2” from

interior and exterior surface and shall be capped with a removable

clamp on cap. Provide one conduit adjacent to the unit power

connection and the second at the unit midpoint, downstream of the

hydronic cooling coil, above the access door.

2.9.2.2 Steam Pre-heat Coil with Integral Face and Bypass

Provide coils as specified in paragraph entitled “Air Systems Equipment”

steam pre-heat coil shall consist of built-in series of coil elements and

bypasses with interlocked dampers. F&B coil unit shall be configured to

provide full coil bypass when no heat is required from the coil. Coil

headers shall be insulated. Headers and insulation shall be enclosed with

stainless steel sheet metal sealed to the frame and unit casing to prevent

insulation from contacting airstream. Damper shall be controlled by

modulating digital actuators with end and position feedback as specified in

controls sections of this and the FAcET specifications. Actuators shall be

side mounted out of the airstream. Coil casing, damper linkages and

hardware shall be constructed from Type 304 Stainless steel.

2.9.2.3 Hydronic Cooling Coils

Provide coils as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment."

2.9.2.4 Direct-Expansion (DX) Cooling Coils

Provide coils as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment."

2.9.2.5 Air Filters

Page 88: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 23

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Provide air filters as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment" and indicated in equipment schedules on contract design

drawings for types and thickness indicated. Unit Filter sections shall be

sized to provide minimum 30” service clearance between filters and unit

casing, coil surfaces, dampers or fans. Provide minimum 24” wide access

door in filter access sections.

2.9.2.6 Fan Array

Provide the following:

a. Fan array shall be sized/configured in an N+1 arrangement such that upon a failure of a single fan/motor the remaining fans are

capable of producing design airflow at design static pressure.

b. The multiple fan array systems shall include four (4)direct driven plenum fans constructed per AMCA Class III requirements. Fans

shall be rated in compliance with and certified by AMCA for

performance. Fans shall be selected to deliver the specified airflow

quantity at the specified operating Total Static Pressure and

specified fan/motor speed. The fan array shall be selected to

operate at a system Total Static Pressure that does not exceed 90

percent of the specified fan's peak static pressure producing

capability at the specified fan/motor speed. Each fan/motor cube or

cell shall include a 12 gauge, stainless steel or heavy gauge clear

anodized aluminum motor support plate rail and structure. All fan

array components shall constructed from corrosion resistant

materials to provide superior corrosion and abrasion resistance

meeting the requirements of ASTM B117. All motors shall be Totally

Enclosed Non Ventilated (TENV) foot-mounted type, selected at the

specified operating voltage, RPM, and efficiency specified or as

scheduled elsewhere. Motors shall comply with the requirements of

NEMA MG 1, Parts 30 and 31. Motors shall be manufactured by Baldor,

Siemens, Toshiba or approved equal for use in multiple fan arrays

that operate at varying synchronous speeds as driven by an approved

VFD. Motor HP shall not exceed the schedule HP as indicated in the

AHU equipment schedule(s). Steel cased motors, ODP, TEFC and/or TEAO

motors are not acceptable. All motors shall include permanently

sealed bearings, shaft grounding to protect the motor bearings from

electrical discharge machining due to stray shaft currents,

vibration sensors and bearing temperature sensors. All sensors shall

be mapped into the existing Honeywell DDC system and graphic display

provided at the DDC operator’s workstation. Each fan/motor assembly

shall be dynamically balanced to meet the requirements of Division

01 Section "Reliability Centered Acceptance For Mechanical Systems."

Copies of the certified balancing reports shall be provide with the

unit O&M manuals.

c. The fan array shall consist of multiple fan and motor cubes or cells, spaced in the airway tunnel cross section to provide a

uniform air flow and velocity profile through the entire airway

tunnel cross section and components contained therein.

d. Each individual cube or cell in the multiple fan arrays shall be provided with an integral backflow prevention device that prohibits

recirculation of the air in the event that a fan or multiple fans

become disabled. The system effects for the backflow prevention

device(s) shall be included in the criteria for TSP determination

Page 89: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 24

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

for fan selection purposes, and shall be indicated as a separate

line item SP loss in the submittals.

a. Each fan motor shall be individually wired to an external control panel containing an individual disconnect, individual Variable

Frequency Drive (VFD) and motor overload for each motor. The control

panel shall be provided with a single point power supply connection

for wiring in the field. Each VFD shall be sized for the connected

motor HP + listed motor service factor of 1.15. Wire sizing shall

be determined and installed in compliance with applicable NEC

standards and local code requirements.

b. Each fan and motor assembly shall be removable through a 24-inch wide, free area, access door located on the discharge side of the

fan wall array without requiring the removal of the fan wheel from

the motor. All fan/motor access doors shall open against pressure.

c. Each fan array shall be supplied with a complete flow measuring system, which indicates airflow in cubic feet per minute (cfm) for

each fan cube/cell and total unit airflow. Airflow measuring system

shall be as specified in supplemental specification section 23 09 13

“Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC (SSDIF & Building 029

Systems/Equipment)”.

2.9.2.7 Access Sections, Filter Sections, Mixing/Plenum Sections

Provide between each coil and filter section and furnish with access doors.

Construct access sections and filter sections and mixing/plenum sections in

a manner identical to the remainder of the unit casing and equip with

access doors. Design mixing/plenum sections to minimize air stratification

and to promote even airflow into unit filters. All sections shall be sized

to provide 30” minimum clearance between coil faces, filter to coil, filter

to fan, fan to coil, filter to casing.

2.9.2.6 Dampers

Provide factory mounted opposed blade control dampers at unit

return/outdoor air inlet. Dampers shall have anodized airfoil blades,

aluminum frame, stainless steel axles, Teflon bearings and stainless steel

actuator mounting frames.

2.9.2.7 Controls

Unit shall be pre-configured for control components and sensors as

specified on construction documents. Units shall be shipped with factory

installed sensor brackets, wiring harness brackets and penetrations. All

penetrations in panels between sections shall be sealed air tight. All

wiring shall be trained in loom and secured with type 304 stainless steel

brackets and hardware within the unit. Control wiring shall be trained,

harnessed and routed to a single exterior unit penetration point.

Contractor shall coordinate control components with unit manufacturer.

Page 90: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 25

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.10 AIR HANDLING UNIT (029-ACS007)

2.10.1 Sealing Materials

Due to material restrictions in the SSDIF clean room, certain standard

sealants, gaskets and finishes are prohibited for use. Recommended

materials for approval include:

a. Gaskets: Viton or Poron 4701.

b. Sealants: Siroflex Duo-Sil Acrylic/polyurethane blend or BASF

Sonolastic NP1 polyurethane sealant.

2.10.2 Factory-Fabricated Modular Air Handling Units

Provide single-zone draw-through type units as indicated. Unit shall

include fan arrays, hydronic cooling coils, DX cooling coils, steam

heating coil (re-heat position) airtight insulated casing, inlet and final

discharge filter sections, access sections between all coils, mixing

box/inlet plenums, vibration-isolators, and appurtenances required for

specified operation. Provide vibration isolators as indicated.

Physical dimensions of each air handling unit shall be suitable to fit

space allotted to the unit with the capacity indicated. Provide air

handling unit that is rated in compliance with AHRI 430 and AHRI certified

for cooling.

2.10.2.1 Casings

Provide the following

a. Casing sections: 2 inch double wall type, exterior casing panels

shall be constructed of a minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel; inner

casing of double-wall units shall be a minimum 20 gauge solid

corrosion-resisting sheet steel conforming to ASTM A167, Type 304.

Design and construct casing with an integral insulated structural

galvanized steel frame such that exterior panels are non-load

bearing.

b. Individually removable exterior panels with standard tools. Removal shall not affect the structural integrity of the unit.

Furnish casings with access sections in compliance with the

paragraph entitled "Air Handling Units." Inspection doors and

access doors shall all be capable of opening a minimum of 90

degrees.

c. Insulated, fully gasketed, double-wall type inspection and access doors, of a minimum 18 gauge galvanized outer and 20 gauge

Type 304 stainless steel inner panels. Doors shall be rigid and

provided with heavy duty hinges and latches. Access doors shall

be a minimum 24 inches wide, the full height of the unit casing

or a minimum of 6 feet, whichever is less. Install a minimum 8 by

8 inches sealed double pane insulated glass window suitable for

the intended application, in all access doors.

d. Double-wall insulated type drain pan (thickness equal to exterior casing) constructed of 16 gauge corrosion resisting sheet

steel compliant with ASTM A167, Type 304, and ASHRAE 62.1.

Page 91: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 26

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Construct drain pans water tight and designed for positive

condensate drainage. When 2 or more cooling coils are used, with

one stacked above the other, condensate from the upper coils shall

not flow across the face of lower coils. Provide intermediate

drain pans or condensate collection channels and downspouts, as

required to carry condensate to the unit drain pan out of the air

stream and without moisture carryover. Construct drain pan to

allow for easy visual inspection, including underneath the coil

without removal of the coil and to allow complete and easy

physical cleaning of the pan underneath the coil without removal

of the coil. Coils shall be individually removable from the

casing.

e. Casing insulation compliant with NFPA 90A. Double-wall casing sections handling conditioned air shall be insulated with not less than

2 inches, 1-1/2 pound density coated fibrous glass material having a

thermal conductivity not greater than 0.23 Btu/hr-sf-F. Foil-faced

insulation is not acceptable. Insulation shall be completely sealed by

inner and outer panels.

f. Provide access doors in all fan, filter, coil and plenum sections. Provide one (1) 3/4” diameter instrument test port in

each access door. Test ports shall have die cast aluminum body

with flange base and two (2) bolt holes, screwed cap with viton o-

ring, cap safety chain and viton flange gasket. bore through

insulated door panel shall be sleeved with type 304 stainless steel

tube. Weld tube fully to interior casing.

g. All sections shall be sized to provide 30” minimum clearance between coil faces, filter to coil, filter to fan, fan to coil,

filter to casing.

h. Provide two (2) spare 3/4” conduit pass through ports for future control and sensor wiring into the unit. Pass through ports shall

consist of ¾” stainless steel conduits welded to the unit interior

and exterior casing surfaces. Conduits shall protrude 2” from

interior and exterior surface and shall be capped with a removable

clamp on cap. Provide one conduit adjacent to the unit power

connection and the second at the unit midpoint, downstream of the

hydronic cooling coil, above the access door.

2.10.2.2 Hydronic Cooling Coils

Provide coils as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment." Provide steam heating coils with integral face and bypass

dampers.

2.10.2.3 Direct Expansion (DX) Cooling Coils

Provide coils as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment." Provide steam heating coils with integral face and bypass

dampers.

2.10.2.4 Steam Heating Coils

Provide coils as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment."

Page 92: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 27

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.10.2.5 Air Filters

Provide air filters as specified in the paragraph entitled "Air Systems

Equipment" and indicated in equipment schedules on contract design

drawings for types and thickness indicated. Unit Filter sections shall be

sized to provide minimum 30” service clearance between filters and unit

casing, coil surfaces, dampers or fans. Provide minimum 24” wide access

door in filter access sections.

2.10.2.6 Fan Array

Provide the following:

d. Fan array shall be sized/configured in an N+1 arrangement such that a failure of a single fan/motor the remaining fans are capable

of producing design airflow at design static pressure.

e. The multiple fan array systems shall include four (4) direct drive plenum fans constructed per AMCA Class III requirements. Fans

shall be rated in compliance with and certified by AMCA for

performance. Fans shall be selected to deliver the specified airflow

quantity at the specified operating Total Static Pressure and

specified fan/motor speed. The fan array shall be selected to

operate at a system Total Static Pressure that does not exceed 90

percent of the specified fan's peak static pressure producing

capability at the specified fan/motor speed. Each fan/motor cube or

cell shall include a 12 gauge, stainless steel or heavy gauge clear

anodized aluminum motor support plate rail and structure. All fan

array components shall constructed from corrosion resistant

materials to provide superior corrosion and abrasion resistance

meeting the requirements of ASTM B117. All motors shall be Totally

Enclosed Non Ventilated (TENV) foot-mounted type, selected at the

specified operating voltage, RPM, and efficiency specified or as

scheduled elsewhere. Motors shall comply with the requirements of

NEMA MG 1, Parts 30 and 31. Motors shall be manufactured by Baldor,

Siemens, or Toshiba for use in multiple fan arrays that operate at

varying synchronous speeds as driven by an approved VFD. Motor HP

shall not exceed the schedule HP as indicated in the AHU equipment

schedule(s). Steel cased motors, ODP, TEFC and/or TEAO motors are

not acceptable. All motors shall include permanently sealed

bearings, shaft grounding to protect the motor bearings from

electrical discharge machining due to stray shaft currents,

vibration sensors and bearing temperature sensors. Each fan/motor

assembly shall be dynamically balanced to meet the requirements of

Division 01 Section "Reliability Centered Acceptance For Mechanical

Systems." Copies of the certified balancing reports shall be provide

with the unit O&M manuals.

f. The fan array shall consist of multiple fan and motor cubes or cells, spaced uniformly in the airway tunnel cross section to

provide a uniform air flow and velocity profile across the entire

airway tunnel cross section and components contained therein.

g. Each individual cube or cell in the multiple fan arrays shall be provided with an integral backflow prevention device that prohibits

recirculation of the air in the event that a fan or multiple fans

become disabled. The system effects for the backflow prevention

device(s) shall be included in the criteria for TSP determination

Page 93: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 28

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

for fan selection purposes, and shall be indicated as a separate

line item SP loss in the submittals.

h. Each fan motor shall be individually wired to an external control panel containing an individual disconnect, individual Variable

Frequency Drive (VFD) and motor overload per motor. The control panel

shall be provided with a single point power connection for wiring in

the field. Each VFD shall be sized for the connected motor HP +

listed motor service factor of 1.15. Wire sizing shall be

determined and installed in compliance with applicable NEC standards

and local code requirements.

i. Each fan and motor assembly shall be removable through a 24-inch wide, free area, access door located on the discharge side of the

fan wall array without requiring the removal of the fan wheel from

the motor. All fan/motor access doors shall open against pressure.

j. Each fan array shall be supplied with a complete flow measuring system, which indicates airflow in cubic feet per minute (cfm) for

each fan cube/cell and total unit airflow. Airflow measuring system

shall be as specified in supplemental specification section 23 09 13

“Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC (SSDIF & Building 029

Systems/Equipment)”.

2.10.2.7 Access Sections Filter Sections, Mixing/Plenum Sections

Provide access between each coil and filter section and furnish with access

doors. Construct access sections and filter sections and mixing/plenum

sections in a manner identical to the remainder of the unit casing and

equip with access doors. Design mixing/plenum sections to minimize air

stratification and to promote even airflow into unit filters. All sections

shall be sized to provide 30” minimum clearance between coil faces, filter

to coil, filter to fan, fan to coil, filter to casing.

2.10.2.6 Controls

Unit shall be pre-configured for control components and sensors as

specified on construction documents. Units shall be shipped with factory

installed sensor brackets, wiring harness brackets and penetrations

between/through section walls/dividers. All penetrations in panels

between sections shall be sealed air tight. All wiring shall be trained

in loom and secured with type 304 stainless steel brackets and hardware

within the unit. Control wiring shall be trained, harnessed and routed to

a single exterior unit penetration point. Contractor shall coordinate

control components between controls contractor and unit manufacturer.

2.11 FACTORY PAINTING

Factory paint new equipment, which are not of galvanized construction.

Paint with a corrosion resisting paint finish compliant with ASTM

A123/A123M or ASTM A924/A924M. Clean, phosphatize and coat internal and

external ferrous metal surfaces with a paint finish which has been tested

in compliance with ASTM B117, ASTM D1654, and ASTM D3359. Submit evidence

of satisfactory paint performance for a minimum of 125 hours for units to

be installed indoors. Provide rating of failure at the scribe mark that is

not less than 6, average creepage not greater than 1/8 inch. Provide

rating of the inscribed area that is not less than 10, no failure. On

welded units, constructed of galvanized steel, provide a final shop docket

Page 94: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 29

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

of zinc-rich protective paint on exterior surfaces of welds or welds that

have burned through.

Factory painting that has been damaged prior to acceptance by the

Government shall be field painted in compliance with the requirements

of the paragraph entitled "Field Painting of Mechanical Equipment."

Painting of surfaces inside of the air handling unit shall comply

with NASA materials division requirements and shall be subject to

review prior to execution. All paint/coatings intended to be

applied to the interior surfaces must be submitted for review and

approval. Submittals shall contain material cut sheets, including

chemical composition, MSDS, specific area/surface on which the

coating will be applied and total surface area to be covered.

2.12 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS/SERVICES

2.12.1 Chilled Water Piping

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Chilled, Chilled-

Hot, and Condenser Water Piping Systems."

2.12.2 Refrigerant Piping

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Refrigerant Piping."

2.12.3 Water or Steam Heating System Piping & Accessories

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Common Piping

for HVAC."

2.12.4 Steam System Piping, Valves and Accessories

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Steam System and

Terminal Units.

2.12.5 Condensate Drain Lines

Comply with the requirements of Division 22 Section "Plumbing, General

Purpose."

2.12.6 Backflow Preventers

Comply with the requirements of Division 22 Section "Plumbing, General

Purpose."

2.12.7 Insulation

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Thermal Insulation for

Mechanical Systems."

2.12.8 Controls

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Sections "Testing, Adjusting,

and Balancing of HVAC Systems," "Space Temperature Control Systems," "

Direct Digital Control Systems for HVAC." Temperature, Pressure, Humidity

Sensors and airflow measurement devices for use in 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007

Page 95: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 30

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

shall comply with supplemental 23 09 13 “Instrumentation and Control

Devices for HVAC (SSDIF & Building 029 Systems/Equipment)”).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions

in the field, and advise the Government of any discrepancy before

performing the work.

3.2 INSTALLATION

a. Install materials and equipment in accordance with the requirements of the contract drawings and approved manufacturer's installation

instructions. Accomplish installation by workers skilled in this type

of work. Perform installation so that there is no degradation of the

designed fire ratings of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors.

b. No installation is permitted to block or otherwise impede access to any existing machine or system. Install all hinged doors to swing open

a minimum of 120 degrees. Provide an area in front of all access doors

that clears a minimum of 3 feet.In front of all access doors to

electrical circuits, clear the area the minimum distance to energized

circuits as specified in 29 CFR 1910.333, and an additional

3 feet.

c. Except as otherwise indicated, install emergency switches and alarms in conspicuous locations. Mount all indicators, to include gauges,

meters, and alarms in order to be easily visible by people in the area.

3.2.1 Condensate Drain Lines

Provide water seals in the condensate drain from all units. Provide a

depth of each seal of 2 inches plus the number of inches, measured in water

gauge, of the total static pressure rating of the unit to which the drain

is connected. Provide water seals that are constructed of 2 tees and an

appropriate U-bend with the open end of each tee plugged. Provide pipe cap

or plug cleanouts where indicated. Connect drains indicated to connect to

the sanitary waste system using an indirect waste fitting.

Insulate air conditioner drain lines as specified in Division 23 Section

"Thermal Insulation for Mechanical Systems."

3.2.2 Equipment and Installation

Provide frames and supports for tanks, compressors, pumps, valves, air

handling units, fans, coils, dampers, and other similar items requiring

supports. Floor-mount or ceiling-hang air handling units as indicated.

Anchor and fasten as detailed. Set floor-mounted equipment on concrete

pads or curbs doweled in place, unless otherwise indicated.

3.2.3 Equipment Pads

Provide equipment pads thickness as indicated on construction documents,

but not less than 6 inch thickness, with dimensions indicated on the

construction documents or, if not shown, pad configuration shall conform to

Page 96: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 31

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

the shape of each piece of equipment served plus 6 inches margin around the

piece of equipment and its supports.

Allow equipment bases and foundations, when constructed of concrete

or grout, to cure a minimum of 28 calendar days before being loaded.

3.2.4 Cutting and Patching

Install work in such a manner and at such time that a minimum of cutting

and patching of the building structure is required. Make holes in

exposed locations, in or through existing floors, by drilling and smooth

by sanding. Use of a jackhammer is permitted only where specifically

approved. Make holes through masonry walls to accommodate sleeves with

an iron pipe masonry core saw.

3.2.5 Metal Ductwork

Install in compliance with SMACNA 1966, unless otherwise indicated. Install

duct supports for sheet metal ductwork in compliance with SMACNA 1966,

unless otherwise specified. Do not use friction beam clamps indicated in

SMACNA 1966. Anchor risers on high velocity ducts in the center of the

vertical run to allow ends of riser to move due to thermal expansion. Erect

supports on the risers that allow free vertical movement of the duct.

Attach supports only to structural framing members and concrete slabs. Do

not anchor supports to metal decking unless a means is provided and

approved for preventing the anchor from puncturing the metal decking. Where

supports are required between structural framing members, provide suitable

intermediate metal framing. Where C-clamps are used, provide retainer clips.

3.2.6 Dust Control

To prevent the accumulation of dust, debris and foreign material during

construction, perform temporary dust control protection. Protect the

distribution system (supply and return) with temporary seal-offs at all

inlets and outlets at the end of each day's work. Keep temporary

protection in place until system is ready for startup.

3.2.7 Insulation

Provide thickness and application of insulation materials for ductwork,

piping, and equipment as specified in Division 23 Section "Thermal

Insulation for Mechanical Systems." Externally insulate outdoor air intake

ducts and plenums.

Duct insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and prepared openings

except at firewall penetrations. Terminate duct insulation at fire dampers

and flexible connections.

For duct handling air at or below 60 degrees F, provide insulation

continuous over the damper collar and retaining angle of fire dampers,

which are exposed to unconditioned air.

3.2.8 Duct Test Holes

Provide holes with closures or threaded holes with plugs in ducts and

plenums as indicated or where necessary for the use of pitot tube in

balancing the air system. Plug insulated duct at the duct surface, patched

over with insulation and then marked to indicate location of test hole if

Page 97: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 32

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

needed for future use.

3.2.9 Power Transmission Components Adjustment

Make alignment of direct driven couplings to within 50 percent of

manufacturer's maximum allowable range of misalignment. Comply with the

requirements of Division 01 Section "Reliability Centered Acceptance for

Mechanical Systems."

3.3 PENETRATIONS

Provide sleeves and prepared openings for duct mains, branches, and other

penetrating items, and install during the construction of the surface to be

penetrated. Cut sleeves flush with each surface. Place sleeves for round

duct 15 inches and smaller. Build framed, prepared openings for round duct

larger than 15 inches and square, rectangular or oval ducts. Sleeves and

framed openings are also required where grilles, registers, and diffusers

are installed at the openings. Provide 1 inch clearance between penetrating

and penetrated surfaces except at grilles, registers, and diffusers. Pack

spaces between sleeve or opening and duct or duct insulation with mineral

fiber conforming with ASTM C553, Type 1, Class B-2.

3.3.1 Sleeves

Fabricate sleeves, except as otherwise specified or indicated, from 20

gauge thick mill galvanized sheet metal. Where sleeves are installed in

bearing walls or partitions, provide black steel pipe compliant with ASTM

A53/A53M, Schedule 20.

3.3.2 Closure Collars

Provide closure collars of a minimum 4 inches wide, unless otherwise

indicated, for exposed ducts and items on each side of penetrated surface,

except where equipment is installed. Install collar tight against the

surface and fit snugly around the duct or insulation. Grind sharp edges

smooth to prevent damage to penetrating surface. Fabricate collars for

round ducts 15 inches in diameter or less from 20 gauge galvanized steel.

Fabricate collars for square and rectangular ducts, or round ducts with

minimum dimension over 15 inches from 18 gauge galvanized steel.

Fabricate collars for square and rectangular ducts with a maximum side of

15 inches or less from 20 gauge galvanized steel. Install collars with

fasteners a maximum of 6 inches on center. Attach to collars a minimum

of 4 fasteners where the opening is 12 inches in diameter or less, and a

minimum of 8 fasteners where the opening is 20 inches in diameter or

less.

3.4 FIELD PAINTING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

Clean, pretreat, prime and paint metal surfaces; except aluminum surfaces

need not be painted. Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces. Clean the

surfaces to remove dust, dirt, rust, oil and grease by wire brushing and

solvent degreasing prior to application of paint, except clean to bare

metal on metal surfaces subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F.

Where more than one coat of paint is specified, apply the second coat

after the preceding coat is thoroughly dry. Lightly sand damaged

painting and retouch before applying the succeeding coat. Provide

aluminum or light gray finish coat.

Page 98: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 33

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.4.1 Temperatures less than 120 degrees F

Immediately after cleaning, apply 1 coat of pretreatment primer applied

to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.3 mil, 1 coat of primer applied to

a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil; and 2 coats of enamel applied to

a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil per coat to metal surfaces subject

to temperatures less than 120 degrees F.

3.4.2 Temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F

Apply 2 coats of 400 degrees F heat-resisting enamel applied to a total

minimum thickness of 2 mils to metal surfaces subject to temperatures

between 120 and 400 degrees F.

3.4.3 Temperatures greater than 400 degrees F

Apply 2 coats of 600 degrees F heat-resisting paint applied to a total

minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils to metal surfaces subject to

temperatures greater than 400 degrees F.

3.5 FINISH PAINTING

The requirements for finish painting of items only primed at the factory,

and surfaces not specifically noted otherwise, are specified in Division

09 Section "Paints and Coatings."

3.6 IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS

Identification tags made of brass, engraved laminated plastic, or engraved

anodized aluminum, indicating service and item number are required on all

valves, dampers, and GOMAR equipment.

3.7 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

Comply with the requirements of Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting

and Balancing for HVAC."

After testing, adjusting, and balancing is complete as specified, test each

system as a whole to see that all items perform as integral parts of the

system and temperatures and conditions are evenly controlled throughout the

building. Record the testing during the applicable season. Make corrections

and adjustments as necessary to produce the conditions indicated or

specified. Conduct capacity tests and general operating tests by an

experienced engineer. Provide tests for each system and demonstrate that the

entire system is functioning in compliance with the specifications.

Test reports for ductwork leak test, damper acceptance test, and system

performance testing for each system shall be submitted in booklet form

upon completion of testing.

3.7.1 Air Handling Unit Leak Test

Perform leak test for air handling unit’s 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007.

Units shall be isolated from ductwork with temporary sheet metal sealed

air tight to unit SA/OA/RA openings. Testing procedure, apparatus, and

report shall comply with SMACNA 1972 CD. Complete ductwork leak test

with satisfactory results prior to applying insulation to ductwork

Page 99: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 34

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

exterior.

Comply with additional requirements for leak testing found in Division

23 Section "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC."

3.7.2 Damper Acceptance Test

Submit the proposed schedule at least 2 weeks prior to the start of test.

Operate all fire dampers, smoke dampers, and fire-smoke dampers under

normal operating conditions prior to the occupancy of a building to

determine that they function properly. Testing shall be performed in

compliance with NFPA 80, NFPA 90A, and NFPA 105. Test each fire damper

equipped with fusible link by having the fusible link cut in place. Test

dynamic fire dampers with the air handling and distribution system

running. Reset all fire dampers with the fusible links replaced after

acceptance testing. To ensure optimum operation and performance, install

the damper so it is square and free from racking.

3.8 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

Thoroughly clean surfaces of piping and equipment that have become covered

with dirt, plaster, or other material during handling and construction

before such surfaces are prepared for final finish painting or are

enclosed within the building structure. Before final acceptance, clean

mechanical equipment, including piping, ducting, and fixtures, and free

from dirt, grease, and finger marks. When the work area is in an occupied

space such as office, laboratory or warehouse protect all furniture and

equipment from dirt and debris. Incorporate housekeeping for field

construction work which leaves all furniture and equipment in the affected

area free of construction generated dust and debris; and, all floor

surfaces vacuum-swept clean.

Provide a temporary bypass for water coils to prevent flushing water

from passing through coils. Inside of room fan-coil units, chilled beam

units, and air terminal units, thoroughly clean ducts, plenums, and

casing of debris and blow free of small particles of rubbish and dust

and then vacuum clean before installing outlet faces. Wipe equipment

clean, with no traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots or finger

prints. Provide temporary filters prior to startup of all fans that are

operated during construction, and install new filters after all

construction dirt has been removed from the building, and the ducts,

plenums, casings, and other items specified have been vacuum cleaned.

Maintain system in this clean condition until final acceptance. Properly

lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by the

manufacturer. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust control valves and

other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment to setting indicated

or directed. Adjust fans to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to

meet specified conditions. Maintain all equipment installed under the

contract until close out documentation is received, the project is

completed and the building has been documented as beneficially occupied.

3.9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

3.9.1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Submit 4 manuals at least 2 weeks prior to field training. Submit data

complying with the requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation

and Maintenance Data." Submit Data Package 3 for the items/units listed

Page 100: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 00 10 Page 35

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

under SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data.

3.9.2 Training of Government Personnel

Provide training of Government operations and maintenance staff in

compliance with Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements."

3.10 OPERATIONAL READINESS REVIEW (ORR)

Provide an Operational Readiness Review (ORR) in compliance with Division

1 Section "Task Order Closeout" for the HVAC system as a whole. The HVAC

system ORR shall include a walk-through of the Air Handling Units including

associated exhaust or return air fans, ductwork arrangement, location and

operation of key balancing dampers, fire dampers, terminal units, and other

components. The ORR shall also include a review of the locations of control

devices, a complete demonstration of all control sequences, and shall be

coordinated with Division 23 Section "Space Temperature Control Systems,"

when the associated controls are furnished under either of those Sections.

-- End of Section --

Page 101: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 09 13

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC(SSDIF & BUILDING 029 SYSTEMS/EQUIPMENT)

11/15

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

This section provides for the instrumentation control system components excluding direct digital controllers, network controllers, gateways etc. that are necessary for a completely functional automatic control system. When combined with a Direct Digital Control (DDC) system, the Instrumentation and Control Devices covered under this section must be a complete system suitable for the control of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and other building-level systems as specified and indicated.

a. Install hardware to perform the control sequences as specified and indicated and to provide control of the equipment as specified and indicated.

b. Install hardware such that individual control equipment can be replaced by similar control equipment from other equipment manufacturers with no loss of system functionality.

c. Install and configure hardware such that the Government or their agents are able to perform repair, replacement, and upgrades of individual hardware without further interaction with the installing Contractor.

1.1.1 Verification of Dimensions

After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions in the field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work.

1.1.2 Drawings

The Government will not indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required on the drawings. Carefully investigate the mechanical, electrical, and finish conditions that could affect the work to be performed, arrange such work accordingly, and provide all work necessary to meet such conditions.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

Related work specified elsewhere in Supplemental Specifications or GSFC Facet Specifications.

Section 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS

Section 23 05 15 COMMON PIPING FOR HVAC

Section 23 08 00 FACETS COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 102: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

1.3 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)

AMCA 500-D (2012) Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating

AMCA 511 (2010) Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices

ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)

ASME B16.15 (2013) Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250

ASME B16.34 (2013) Valves - Flanged, Threaded and Welding End

ASME B40.100 (2013) Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A536 (1984; R 2014) Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

FLUID CONTROLS INSTITUTE (FCI)

FCI 70-2 (2013) Control Valve Seat Leakage

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)

IEEE 142 (2007; Errata 2014) Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems - IEEE Green Book

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 (2017) National Electrical Code

NFPA 90A (2015) Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

UL 5085-3 (2006; Reprint Nov 20121) Low Voltage Transformers - Part 3: Class 2 and Class 3 Transformers

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Submit detailed and annotated manufacturer's data, drawings, and specification sheets for each item listed, that clearly show compliance

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 103: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

with the project specifications.

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Include the following:

HVAC Equipment Electrical Ladder Diagrams; G

Component Wiring Diagrams; G

SD-03 Product Data

Equipment; G

Automatic Control Valves & Actuators; G

Dampers and Actuators; G

Flow Sensors; G

Steam Flow Meters; G

Indicating Devices; G

Sensors and Input Hardware; G

Output Hardware; G

SD-07 Certificates

Contractor's Qualifications; G

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Comply with requirements for data packages in NASA Facets Specification Section 01 78 23OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA, except as supplemented and modified in this specification.

Input and Output Hardware Operators Manuals, Data Package 4; G

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Training Documentation; G

1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Store and protect products from the weather, humidity, and temperature variations, dirt and dust, and other contaminants, within the storage condition limits published by the equipment manufacturer.

1.6 INPUT MEASUREMENT ACCURACY

Select, install and configure sensors, transmitters and DDC Hardware such

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 104: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

that the maximum error of the measured value at the input of the DDC hardware is less than the maximum allowable error specified for the sensor or instrumentation.

1.7 SUBCONTRACTOR SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS

Perform all work in this section in accordance with NASA GSFC Facet Specifications for work in clean room environments and clean room air streams. Contractor shall adhere to all NASA and space tenant protcols, saftey requirements and materials restrictions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

2.1.1 General Requirements

All products used to meet this specification must meet the indicated requirements, but not all products specified here will be required by every project. All products must meet the requirements both this Section and GSFC Facets Specifications.

2.1.2 Operation Environment Requirements

Unless otherwise specified, provide products rated for continuous operation under the following conditions:

2.1.2.1 Pressure

Pressure conditions normally encountered in the installed location.

2.1.2.2 Vibration

Vibration conditions normally encountered in the installed location.

2.1.2.3 Temperature

a. Products installed indoors: Ambient temperatures in the range of 32 to 112 degrees F and temperature conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location.

b. Products installed outdoors or in unconditioned indoor spaces: Ambient temperatures in the range of -35 to +151 degrees F and temperature conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location.

2.1.2.4 Humidity

10 to 95 percent relative humidity, noncondensing and also humidity conditions outside this range normally encountered at the installed location.

2.2 WIRE AND CABLE

Provide wire and cable meeting the requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 90A in addition to the requirements of this specification and referenced specifications.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 105: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2.1 Terminal Blocks

For terminal blocks which are not integral to other equipment, provide terminal blocks which are insulated, modular, feed-through, clamp style with recessed captive screw-type clamping mechanism, suitable for DIN rail mounting, and which have enclosed sides or end plates and partition plates for separation.

2.2.2 Control Wiring for Binary Signals

For Control Wiring for Binary Signals, provide 18 AWG copper or thicker wire rated for 300-volt service.

2.2.3 Control Wiring for Analog Signals

For Control Wiring for Analog Signals, provide 18 AWG or thicker, copper, single- or multiple-twisted wire meeting the following requirements:

a. minimum 2 inch lay of twist

b. 100 percent shielded pairs

c. at least 300-volt insulation

d. each pair has a 20 AWG tinned-copper drain wire and individual overall pair insulation

e. cables have an overall aluminum-polyester or tinned-copper cable-shield tape, overall 20 AWG tinned-copper cable drain wire, and overall cable insulation.

2.2.4 Power Wiring for Control Devices

For 24-volt circuits, provide insulated copper 18 AWG or thicker wire rated for 300 VAC service. For 120-volt circuits, provide 14 AWG or thicker stranded copper wire rated for 600-volt service.

2.2.5 Transformers

Provide UL 5085-3 approved transformers. Select transformers sized so that the connected load is no greater than 80 percent of the transformer rated capacity.

2.3 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES

Provide valves with stainless-steel stems and stuffing boxes with extended necks to clear the piping insulation. Provide valves with bodies meeting ASME B16.34 or ASME B16.15 pressure and temperature class ratings based on the design operating temperature and 150 percent of the system design operating pressure. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, provide valves meeting FCI 70-2 Class IV leakage rating. Provide valves rated for modulating or two-position service as indicated, which close against a differential pressure indicated as the Close-Off pressure and which are Normally-Open, Normally-Closed, or Fail-In-Last-Position as indicated.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 106: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.3.1 Valve Type

2.3.1.1 Liquid Service 150 Degrees F or Less

Use either globe valves or ball valves except that butterfly valves may be used for sizes 4 inch and larger.

2.3.1.2 Steam Service

All steam control valves shall be cage guided glode type.

2.3.2 Valve Flow Coefficient and Flow Characteristic

2.3.2.1 Three-Way Modulating Valves

Provide the valve coefficient (Cv) indicated. Provide linear flow characteristic with constant total flow throughout full plug travel.

2.3.3 Two-Position Valves

Use full line size full port valves with maximum available (Cv).

2.3.4 Globe Valves

2.3.4.1 Liquid Service Not Exceeding 150 Degrees F

a. Valve body and body connections:

(1) valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller: brass or bronze body, with threaded or union ends

(2) valves from 2 inches to 3 inches inclusive: brass, bronze, or iron bodies. 2 inch valves with threaded connections; 2-1/2 to 3 inches valves withh flanged connections

b. Internal valve trim: Internal trim: Type 316 stainless steel including seats, seat rings, modulation plugs, valve stems, and springs.

c. Stems: Stainless steel.

d. Provide valves compatible with a solution of 50 percent ethylene or propylene glycol.

2.3.4.2 Steam Service

For steam service, provide valves meeting the following requirements:

a. Valve body and connections:

(1) valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller: complete body of brass or bronze, with threaded or union ends

(2) valves from 2 inches to 3 inches inclusive: body of brass, bronze, or carbon steel

(3) valves 4 inches and larger: body of carbon steel. 2 inch valves with threaded connections; valves 2-1/2 inches and larger with flanged connections.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 107: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

b. Internal Trim: Cage Guided type with Type 316 stainless steel including seats, seat rings, cage modulation plugs, valve stems, and springs.

c. Valve sizing: sized for indicated inlet steam pressure with cV as indicated.

2.3.5 Ball Valves

2.3.5.1 Liquid Service Not Exceeding 150 Degrees F

a. All chilled water coil control valves shall be pressure independent (PIC) type as specified.

b. Valve body and connections:

(1) valves 1-1/2 inches and smaller: bodies of brass or bronze, with threaded or union ends

(2) valves from 2 inches to 3 inches inclusive: bodies of brass, bronze, or iron. 2 inch valves with threaded connections; valves from 2-1/2 to 3 inches with flanged connections.

c. Ball: Stainless steel or nickel-plated brass or chrome-plated brass.

d. Seals: Reinforced Teflon seals and EPDM O-rings.

e. Stem: Stainless steel, blow-out proof.

f. Provide valves compatible with a solution of 50 percent ethylene or propylene glycol.

2.3.6 Butterfly Valves

Provide butterfly valves which are threaded lug type suitable for dead-end service and modulation to the fully-closed position, with carbon-steel bodies or with ductile iron bodies in accordance with ASTM A536. Provide butterfly valves with non-corrosive discs, stainless steel shafts supported by bearings, and EPDM seats suitable for temperatures from -20 to +250 degrees F. Provide valves with rated Cv of the Cv at 70 percent (60 degrees) open position. Provide valves meeting FCI 70-2 Class VI leakage rating.

2.3.7 Pressure Independent Control Valves (PICV)

2.3.7.1 Chilled Water Control Valves for 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007 Coils

2.3.7.1.1 Pressure-Independent Ball Valves NPS 2 and Smaller:

a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Danfoss ABQM or Belimo ePIV series or comparable product by one of the following:

i. Siemens.

ii. Honeywell

iii. Griswold Controls

b. Performance:

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 108: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

i. Pressure Rating: 360 psig for NPS 1/2 to 1-1/4 and 230 psig for NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 2.

ii. Close-off pressure of 200 psig.

iii. Process Temperature Range: Between 14 to 248 deg F.

iv. Rangeability: 100 to 1.

c. Internal Flow/Pressure Regulation and Characteristics:

i. Integral Pressure Regulator Type: to regulate pressure, to maintain a constant pressure differential while operating within a pressure differential range of 5 to 58 psig.

ii. Integral Electronic Flow Measurement Type: Integrated magnetic flow meter with microprocessor based flow controller for active measurement and feedback to integrated valve controller/actuator. Provide with communication to existing Honeywell DDC system for valve position feedback, flow rate and alarm data. Provide local communication port for connection of manufacturer's field calibration and adjustment unit. Provide two (2) field calibration and adjustment units and cables for NASA. Valve shall be capable of maintaining flow control across a differential pressure range of 2 to 50 psig.

iii. Prestting: Integral pressure regulator type valves shall have an externally adjustable max flow presetting dial. For integral electronic flow measurement type valves max flow is set via actuator and flow controller.

iv. Flow Characteristic: Equal percentage and/or linear.

d. Materials of Construction:

i. Body: Forged brass or stainless steel with threaded ends.

ii. Ball: Stainless steel.

iii. Stem and Stem Extension: Stainless Steel, blowout-proof design.

iv. Ball Seats: Teflon PTFE.

v. Stem Seal: PTFE packing ring stem seal with EPDM.

e. Options - Provide the Following:

i. Position, flow and failure feedback to DDC control system

ii. Pressure/Temperature (PT) ports on upstream and downstream side of pressure regulator and downstream of control valve.

2.3.7.1.2 Pressure-Independent Control Valves NPS 2 1/2 and larger:

a. Valves may have ball, globe or plug type control valves. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Danfoss ABQM or Belimo ePIV series or comparable product by one of the following:

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 109: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

i. Siemens.

ii. Honeywell

iii. Griswold Controls

b. Performance:

i. Pressure Rating: 360 psig for NPS 2 1/2 - 6.

ii. Close-off pressure of 200 psig.

iii. Process Temperature Range: Between 14 to 248 212 deg F.

iv. Rangeability: 100 to 1.

c. Internal Flow/Pressure Regulation and Characteristics:

i. Valves may have ball, globe or plug type control valves.

ii. Integral Pressure Regulator Type: to regulate pressure, to maintain a constant pressure differential while operating within a pressure differential range of 5 to 58 psig.

iii. Internal Electronic Flow Measurement Type: Integrated magnetic flow meter with microprocessor based flow controller for active measurement and feedback to integrated valve controller/actuator. Provide with communication to existing Honeywell DDC system for valve position feedback, flow rate and alarm data. Provide local communication port for connection of manufacturer's field calibration and adjustment unit. Provide two (2) field calibration and adjustment units and cables for NASA. Valve shall be capable of maintaining flow control across a differential pressure range of 2 to 50 psig.

iv. Presetting: Max flow is set via actuator and/or flow controller.

v. Flow Characteristic: Equal percentage and/or linear.

d. Material of Construction:

i. Body: Gray cast or ductile iron with Class 150 flange ends.

ii. Ball Type Valves:

a. Ball: Stainless steel.

b. Stem and Stem Extension: Stainless Steel, blowout-proof design.

c. Ball Seats: Teflon PTFE.

d. Stem Seal: PTFE packing ring stem seal with EPDM.

iii. Globe and Plug Type Valves:

a. Valve Disc or Plug: Stainless steel, Brass or Bronze

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 110: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

b. Seats: Stainless Steel.

c. Stem and Stem Extension: Stainless Steel, blowout-proof design.

d. Seals and O-rings: Teflon PTFE.

e. Stem Seal: PTFE packing ring stem seal with EPDM.

e. Options - Provide the Following:

i. Provide position, flow and failure feedback to DDC control system

ii. Provide Pressure/Temperature (PT) ports on upstream and downstream side of pressure regulator and downstream of control valve.

2.3.7.2 SSDIF Primary Cooling Coil (Coil Wall) Control Valves (V-PCC-1 thru V-PCC-4)

2.3.7.2.1 Pressure-Independent Control Valves NPS 2 1/2 and larger:

a. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, Belimo ePIV series or approved equal:

b. Performance:

i. Pressure Rating: 360 psig for NPS 2 1/2 - 6.

ii. Close-off pressure of 200 psig.

iii. Process Temperature Range: Between 14 to 248 212 deg F.

iv. Rangeability: 100 to 1.

c. Internal Flow/Pressure Regulation and Characteristics:

i. Internal Electronic Flow Measurement Type: Integrated magnetic flow meter with microprocessor based flow controller for active measurement and feedback to integrated valve controller/actuator. Provide with communication to existing Honeywell DDC system for valve position feedback, flow rate and alarm data. Provide local communication port for connection of manufacturer's field calibration and adjustment unit. Provide two (2) field calibration and adjustment units and cables for NASA. Valve shall be capable of maintaining flow control across a differential pressure range of 2 to 50 psig.

ii. Presetting: Max flow is set via actuator and flow controller.

iii. Flow Characteristic: Equal percentage and/or linear.

d. Materials of Construction:

i. Body: Gray cast or ductile iron with Class 150 flange ends.

ii. Ball Type Valves:

iii. Ball: Stainless steel.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 10C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 111: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

iv. Stem and Stem Extension: Stainless Steel, blowout-proof design.

v. Ball Seats: Teflon PTFE.

iv. Stem Seal: PTFE packing ring stem seal with EPDM.

e. Options - Provide the Following:

i. Actuator position, flow and failure feedback to DDC control system

ii. Pressure/Temperature (PT) ports on upstream and downstream side of flow meter and downstream of control valve.

2.4 DAMPERS

2.4.1 Damper Assembly

Provide single damper sections with blades no longer than 48 inches and which are no higher than 72 inches and damper blade width of 8 inches or less. When larger sizes are required, combine damper sections. Provide dampers made of aluminum or other materials where indicated and with assembly frames constructed of 0.07 inch minimum thickness stainless steel channels with mitered and welded corners. Steel channel frames constructed of 0.06 inch minimum thickness are acceptable provided the corners are reinforced.

a. Flat blades must be made rigid by folding the edges. Blade-operating linkages must be within the frame so that blade-connecting devices within the same damper section must not be located directly in the air stream.

b. Damper axles must be 1/2 inch minimum, stainless steel rods supported in the damper frame by bronze bearings. Blades mounted vertically must be supported by thrust bearings.

c. Provide dampers which do not exceed a pressure drop through the damper of 0.04 inches water gauge at 1000 ft/min in the wide-open position. Provde dampers with frames not less than 2 inch in width. Provide dampers which have been tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D.

2.4.2 Operating Linkages

For operating links external to dampers, such as crank arms, connecting rods, and line shafting for transmitting motion from damper actuators to dampers, provide links able to withstand a load equal to at least 300 percent of the maximum required damper-operating force without deforming. Rod lengths must be adjustable. Links must be brass, bronze, steel, or stainless steel. Working parts of joints and clevises must be brass, bronze, or stainless steel. Adjustments of crank arms must control the open and closed positions of dampers.

2.4.3 Damper Types

2.4.3.1 Flow Control Dampers

Provide parallel-blade or opposed blade type dampers for outside air, return air, relief air, exhaust, face and bypass dampers. Blades must have interlocking edges. The channel frames of the dampers must be provided with jamb seals to minimize air leakage. Unless otherwise indicated,

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 11C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 112: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

dampers must meet AMCA 511 Class 1 requirements. Outside air damper seals must be suitable for an operating temperature range of -40 to +167 degrees F. Dampers must be rated at not less than 2000 ft/min air velocity. Seals must be constructed from Viton or other NASA materials division approved material.

2.5 SENSORS AND INSTRUMENTATION

Contractor shall coordinate sensor i/o with existing Honeywell DDC System. Unless otherwise specified, provide sensors and instrumentation which incorporate an integral transmitter. Sensors and instrumentation, including their transmitters, must meet the specified accuracy and drift requirements at the input of the connected DDC Hardware's analog-to-digital conversion.

2.5.1 Analog and Binary Transmitters

Provide transmitters which match the characteristics of the sensor. Transmitters providing analog values must produce a linear 4-20 mAdc, 0-10 Vdc signal corresponding to the required operating range and must have zero and span adjustment. Transmitters providing binary values must have dry contacts rated at 1A at 24 Volts AC.

2.5.2 Network Transmitters

Sensors and Instrumentation incorporating an integral network connection are considered DDC Hardware and must meet the DDC Hardware requirements of Section 23 09 23 BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC. Where devices or components are being connected to the existing SSDIF Honeywell DDC Lonworks network, provide network integrator.

2.5.3 Temperature Sensors

Provide the same sensor types throughout the project. Temperature sensors may be provided without transmitters. Where transmitters are used, the range must be the smallest available from the manufacturer and suitable for the application such that the range encompasses the expected range of temperatures to be measured. The end to end accuracy includes the combined effect of sensitivity, hysterisis, linearity and repeatability between the measured variable and the end user interface (graphic presentation) including transmitters if used.

2.5.3.1 Sensor Accuracy and Stability of Control

2.5.3.1.1 Conditioned Space Temperature

As specified for sensor type below.

2.5.3.1.2 Duct Temperature

As specified for sensor type.

2.5.3.1.3 Chilled Water

Plus or minus 0.8 degrees F over the range of 35 to 65 degrees F. The maximum allowable transmitter drift: 0.25 degrees F per year.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 12C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 113: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.5.3.1.4 Condenser Water/Glycol Systems

Plus or minus 2 degrees F. The maximum allowable transmitter drift: 0.25 degrees F per year.

2.5.3.2 Point Temperature Sensors

Point Sensors must be encapsulated in epoxy, series 300 stainless steel, anodized aluminum, or copper.

2.5.3.3 Temperature Sensor Details

2.5.3.3.1 Sensors and Input Hardware

Coordinate sensor types with the existing Honeywell DDC system to keep them consistent with existing installations.

2.5.3.3.2 Field-Installed Temperature Sensors

Where feasible, provide the same sensor type throughout the project. Avoid using transmitters unless absolutely necessary. All sensors shall be factory calibrated and shipped with NIST traceable calibration certificates.

2.5.3.3.2.1 Thermistors

Precision thermistors may be used in applications below 200 degrees F. Sensor accuracy over the application range shall be 0.36 degree F or less between 32 to 150 degrees F. Stability error of the thermistor over five years shall not exceed 0.25 degrees F cumulative. A/D conversion resolution error shall be kept to 0.1 degrees F. Total error for a thermistor circuit shall not exceed 0.5 degrees F.

2.5.3.3.2.2 Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs)

Provide Class A RTD sensors with platinum elements compatible with the digital controllers. Encapsulate sensors in epoxy, series 300 stainless steel, anodized aluminum, or copper. Temperature sensor accuracy shall be 0.1 percent (1 ohm) of expected ohms (1000 ohms) at 32 degrees F. Temperature sensor stability error over five years shall not exceed 0.25 degrees F cumulative. Direct connection of RTDs to digital controllers without transmitters is preferred. When RTDs are connected directly, lead resistance error shall be less than 0.15 degrees F. The total error for a RTD circuit shall not exceed 0.3 degrees F.

2.5.3.3.2.3 Temperature Sensor Details

a. Space Type (Sensors within the SSDIF Plenum): Provide the sensing element components within a protective cover or shroud. Basis of design sensor is Siemens QFA41 series or approved equal.

b. Duct Probe Type: Ensure the probe is long enough to properly sense the air stream temperature. Basis of design sensor is Siemens QFM41 series or approved equal.

c. Duct Averaging Type: Continuous averaging sensors shall be one foot in length for each 4 square feet of duct cross-sectional area, and a minimum length of 6 feet. Sensors shall have an accuracy of not less than 0.27 degrees F. The total error for the sensor/transmitter circuit shall not exceed 0.5 degrees F.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 13C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 114: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.5.3.3.3 Transmitters

Provide transmitters with 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC linear output scaled to the sensed input. Transmitters shall be matched to the respective sensor, factory calibrated, and sealed. Size transmitters for an output near 50 percent of its full-scale range at normal operating conditions. The total transmitter error shall not exceed 0.065 percent at any point across the measured span. Supply voltage shall be 12 to 24 volts AC or DC. Transmitters shall have non-interactive offset and span adjustments. For temperature sensing, transmitter drift shall not exceed 0.03 degrees F a year.

2.5.3.3.4 Pipe Immersion Type

Provide minimum 3 inch immersion. Provide each sensor with a corresponding pipe-mounted sensor well, unless indicated otherwise. Sensor wells must be stainless steel when used in steel piping, and brass when used in copper piping.

2.5.4 Relative Humidity Sensor

Provide transmitters with an accuracy equal to plus or minus 2 percent from 0 to 100 percent scale, and less than one percent drift per year. Sensing elements shall be the polymer type. Basis of design sensors are Siemens QFM41 series or approved equal.

2.5.5 Differential Pressure Instrumentation

2.5.5.1 Differential Pressure Sensors

Provide Differential Pressure Sensors with ranges as indicated or as required for the application. Pressure sensor ranges must not exceed the high end range of operation by more than 50 percent. The over pressure rating must be a minimum of 150 percent of the highest design pressure of either input to the sensor. The accuracy must be plus or minus 1 percent of full scale. The sensor must have a maximum drift of 2 percent per year. For all filter banks, provide magnetic gage type instrument with integral transmitter as specified in Supplemental Section 23 00 10 "Air Handling Units 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007."

2.5.5.2 Differential Pressure Switch

Provide differential pressure switches with a user-adjustable setpoint which are sized for the application such that the setpoint is between 25 percent and 75 percent of the full range. The over pressure rating must be a minimum of 150 percent of the highest design pressure of either input to the sensor. The switch must have two sets of contacts and each contact must have a rating greater than it's connected load. Contacts must open or close upon rise of pressure above the setpoint or drop of pressure below the setpoint as indicated.

2.5.6 Flow Sensors

2.5.6.1 Airflow Measurement Stations (029-ACS006, 029-ACS007)

General: Provide airflow measurement stations in fan-walls within 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007. Measurement stations shall be provided at each fan inlet. A single flow computer capable of aggregating fan-wall/unit

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 14C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 115: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

airflow and individual fan airflow rates shall be provided for each ACS unit. Airflow measurement stations shall be thermal dispersion type with multiple sensors mounted to cross tubes in the fan throats. Use of pitot tubes, pitot arrays, piezo-ring, differential pressure, vortex shedding or thermal dispersion devices that indirectly heat a thermistor flow meters shall not be acceptable.

Airflow Measurement Devices/Station (AMD/AMS) (029-ACS006, 029-ACS007 Fan Wall Arrays)

General:

a. Provide one AMD/AMS for each fan module/cube indicated on the plans, schedules and/or control diagrams.

b. Airflow measurement shall be field configurable to determine the average actual or standard mass airflow rate.

i. Actual airflow rate calculations shall have the capability of being corrected by the transmitter for altitudes other than sea level.

c. Temperature measurement shall be field configurable with velocity-weighted inlet average temperature as the default, or simple arithmetic inlet average air temperature.

Sensor Probes:

a. Each fan module/cube shall be provided with two (2) sensor probes. b. Sensor probes shall consist of one sensor node mounted on a 304

stainless steel block with two adjustable zinc plated steel rods connected to 304 stainless steel pivoting mounting feet. Sensor node internal wiring connections shall be sealed and protected from the elements and suitable for direct exposure to water. Each sensor probe shall be provided with an integral, FEP jacket, plenum rated CMP/CL2P, UL/cUL Listed cable rated for exposures from -67°F to 392 °F and continuous and direct UV exposure.

c. Each sensor node shall be provided with two (2) bead-in-glass, hermetically sealed thermistors potted in a waterproof epoxy in a non-ferrous housing. Each sensing node shall have a temperature accuracy of ±0.15° F over an operating range of -20° F to 160° F and humidity range of 0 to 100% RH.

d. Sensor probes shall be provided with interconnecting cables sufficient to reach the transmitter in location specified. Cables shall be provide with connector plugs for connection to the transmitters.

e. Calibration:

i. Each thermistor shall be individually calibrated at a minimum of 3 temperatures to NIST-traceable temperature standards. Provide NIST certificates for each thermistor.

ii. Each sensor node shall be individually calibrated the NIST Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA) primary velocity standard and have an accuracy of ±2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 10,000 FPM (50.8 m/s). Accuracy shall include the

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 15C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 116: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

combined uncertainty of the sensor nodes and transmitter. Provide NIST certificates for each sensor node.

Transmitter

a. Provide One (1) remotely located microprocessor-based transmitter for each ACS unit fan-wall. Transmitters shall be located on a Kindorff stands adjacent to the associated fan-wall VFD control panel.

b. The transmitter shall be comprised of a main circuit board and interchangeable interface card.

c. The transmitter shall be capable of determining and displaying total fan-wall airflow, individual fan module/cube airflow rate and temperature. Firmware shall facilitate setup of individual fans and fan arrays; provide low and high airflow alarms for individual fans and array, malfunction of controller and sensors and systems diagnostics. Transmitter shall have a 16-character, alpha-numeric, LCD display.

d. The transmitter shall be provided with two field selectable (0-5/0-10 VDC or 4-20mA), scalable, isolated and over-current protected analog output signals. Analog signal capability shall include two output terminals: One shall provide the total array airflow rate; while the second output (AO2) shall be field configurable to provide one of the following:

i. temperature

ii. low and/or high airflow user-defined set point alarm

iii. individual fan alarm

iv. system status alarm

e. Provide Network communications RS 485 C-BUS or Ethernet LON for interface with the existing Honeywell DDC control system. Interface shall provide: the average airflow rate, temperature, hi and/or low airflow set point alarms, system status alarm, individual sensor node airflow rates and individual sensor node temperatures to the DDC system. All points shall be mapped into the existing Honeywell DDC system, and trended. Total fan airflow, individual fan airflow and average temperature shall be displayed on the DDC graphics screen for 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007.

2.5.6.2 Airflow Measurement Stations (029-MSX001 thru 029-MSX006)

General: Provide airflow measurement stations at each MSX fan within the SSDIF plenum. Measurement stations shall be provided at each fan inlet. A single flow computer capable of aggregating fan-wall/unit airflow and individual fan airflow rates shall be provided for each ACS unit. Airflow measurement stations shall be thermal dispersion type with multiple sensors mounted to cross tubes in the fan throats. Use of pitot tubes, pitot arrays, piezo-ring, differential pressure, vortex shedding or thermal dispersion devices that indirectly heat a thermistor flow meters shall not be acceptable.

Airflow Measurement Devices/Station (AMD/AMS)

General:

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 16C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 117: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

a. Provide one AMD/AMS for each fan measurement location indicated on the plans, schedules and/or control diagrams.

b. Airflow measurement shall be field configurable to determine the average actual or standard mass airflow rate.

i. Actual airflow rate calculations shall have the capability of being corrected by the transmitter for altitudes other than sea level.

c. Temperature measurement shall be field configurable with velocity-weighted inlet average temperature as the default, or simple arithmetic inlet average air temperature.

Sensor Probes:

a. Each fan shall be provided with a minimum of two (2) sensor probes or quantity required by the equipment manufacturer.

b. Sensor probes shall consist of one sensor node mounted on a 304

stainless steel block with two adjustable zinc plated steel rods connected to 304 stainless steel pivoting mounting feet. Sensor node internal wiring connections shall be sealed and protected from the elements and suitable for direct exposure to water. Each sensor probe shall be provided with an integral, FEP jacket, plenum rated CMP/CL2P, UL/cUL Listed cable rated for exposures from -67°F to 392 °F and continuous and direct UV exposure.

c. Each sensor node shall be provided with two (2) bead-in-glass, hermetically sealed thermistors potted in a waterproof epoxy in a non-ferrous housing. Each sensing node shall have a temperature accuracy of ±0.15° F over an operating range of -20° F to 160° F and humidity range of 0 to 100% RH.

d. Sensor probes shall be provided with interconnecting cables sufficient to reach the transmitter in location specified. Cables shall be provide with connector plugs for connection to the transmitters.

e. Calibration:

i. Each thermistor shall be individually calibrated at a minimum of 3 temperatures to NIST-traceable temperature standards. Provide NIST certificates for each thermistor.

ii. Each sensor node shall be individually calibrated the NIST Laser Doppler Anemometer (LDA) primary velocity standard and have an accuracy of ±2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 10,000 FPM (50.8 m/s). Accuracy shall include the combined uncertainty of the sensor nodes and transmitter. Provide NIST certificates for each sensor node.

Transmitter

a. Provide One (1) remotely located microprocessor-based transmitter. Transmitter shall be adjacent to the associated fan-wall VFD control panel.

b. The transmitter shall be comprised of a main circuit board and

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 17C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 118: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

interchangeable interface card.

c. The transmitter shall be capable of determining and displaying total airflow for all six (6) MSX fans, individual fan airflow rate and temperature. Firmware shall facilitate setup of individual fans and the fan bank; provide low and high airflow alarms for individual fans the fan bank, malfunction of controller and sensors and systems diagnostics. Transmitter shall have a 16-character, alpha-numeric, LCD display.

d. The transmitter shall be provided with two field selectable (0-5/0-10 VDC or 4-20mA), scalable, isolated and over-current protected analog output signals. Analog signal capability shall include two output terminals: One shall provide the total array airflow rate; while the second output (AO2) shall be field configurable to provide one of the following:

i. temperature

ii. low and/or high airflow user-defined set point alarm

iii. individual fan alarm

iv. system status alarm

e. Provide Network communications RS 485 C-BUS or Ethernet LON for interface with the existing Honeywell DDC control system. Interface shall provide: the average airflow rate, temperature, hi and/or low airflow set point alarms, system status alarm, individual sensor node airflow rates and individual sensor node temperatures to the DDC system. All points shall be mapped into the existing Honeywell DDC system, and trended. Total fan airflow, individual fan airflow and average temperature shall be displayed on the DDC graphics screen for 029-ACS006 & 029-ACS007.

2.5.7 Flow Switch

Flow switch must have a repetitive accuracy of plus or minus 10 percent of actual flow setting. Switch actuation must be adjustable over the operating flow range, and must be sized for the application such that the setpoint is between 25 percent and 75 percent of the full range.. The switch must have Form C snap-action contacts, rated for the application. The flow switch must have non flexible paddle with magnetically actuated contacts and be rated for service at a pressure greater than the installed conditions. Flow switch for use in sewage system must be rated for use in corrosive environments encountered.

2.5.8 Electrical Instruments

Provide Electrical Instruments with an input range as indicated or sized for the application. Unless otherwise specified, AC instrumentation must be suitable for 60 Hz operation.

2.5.8.1 Current Transducers

Current transducers must accept an AC current input and must have an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent of full scale. The device must have a means for calibration. Current transducers for variable frequency applications must be rated for variable frequency operation.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 18C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 119: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.5.8.2 Current Sensing Relays (CSRs)

Current sensing relays (CSRs) must provide a normally-open contact with a voltage and amperage rating greater than its connected load. Current sensing relays must be of split-core design. The CSR must be rated for operation at 200 percent of the connected load. Voltage isolation must be a minimum of 600 volts. The CSR must auto-calibrate to the connected load or be adjustable and field calibrated. Current sensors for variable frequency applications must be rated for variable frequency operation.

2.5.8.3 Voltage Transducers

Voltage transducers must accept an AC voltage input and have an accuracy of plus or minus 0.25 percent of full scale. The device must have a means for calibration. Line side fuses for transducer protection must be provided.

2.5.8.4 Energy Metering

2.5.8.4.1 Steam Meters

Steam meters must be the vortex type, with pressure compensation, a minimum turndown ratio of 10 to 1, and an output signal compatible with the DDC system. Meters shall have stainless steel body with Class 150 flanged end connections, digital transmitter with LCD display and 4-20 mA output for flow output to the existing SSDIF Honeywell DDC system. Provide manufacturer's remote mount flow computer with LCD display. Flow computer shall be capable of displaying instantaneous and totalized steam flow. Where meter manufacturer's recommended straight pipe lengths cannot be met, provide manufacturer's approved flow straightening device. Flow straightener shall be constructed from the same material as the meter body and have Class 150 flanged connections.

2.5.9 Vibration Switch

Vibration switch must be solid state, enclosed in a NEMA 250 Type 4 or Type 4X housing with sealed wire entry. Unit must have two independent sets of Form C switch contacts with one set to shutdown equipment upon excessive vibration and a second set for monitoring alarm level vibration. The vibration sensing range must be a true rms reading, suitable for the application. The unit must include either displacement response for low speed or velocity response for high speed application. The frequency range must be at least 3 Hz to 500 Hz. Contact time delay must be 3 seconds. The unit must have independent start-up and running delay on each switch contact. Alarm limits must be adjustable and setpoint accuracy must be plus or minus 10 percent of setting with repeatability of plus or minus 2 percent.

2.5.10 Conductivity Sensor

Sensor must include local indicating meter and must be suitable for measurement of conductivity of water in clean steam systems utilizing reverse osmosis filtered source water systems as indicated. Sensor must sense from 0 to 100 µS/cm. Contractor must field verify the ranges for particular applications and adjust the range as required. The output must be temperature compensated over a range of 32 to 212 degrees F. The accuracy must be plus or minus 2 percent of the full scale reading. Sensor must have automatic zeroing and must require no periodic maintenance or recalibration.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 19C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 120: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.5.11 Temperature Switch

2.5.11.1 Duct Mount Temperature Low Limit Safety Switch (Freezestat)

Duct mount temperature low limit switches (Freezestats) must be manual reset, low temperature safety switches at least 1 foot long per square foot of coverage which must respond to the coldest 18 inch segment with an accuracy of plus or minus 3.6 degrees F. The switch must have a field-adjustable setpoint with a range of at least 30 to 50 degrees F. The switch must have two sets of contacts, and each contact must have a rating greater than its connected load. Contacts must open or close upon drop of temperature below setpoint as indicated and must remain in this state until reset.

2.5.12 Damper End Switches

Each end switch must be a hermetically sealed switch with a trip lever and over-travel mechanism. The switch enclosure must be suitable for mounting on the duct exterior and must permit setting the position of the trip lever that actuates the switch. The trip lever must be aligned with the damper blade.

End switches integral to an electric damper actuator are allowed as long as at least one is adjustable over the travel of the actuator.

2.6 INDICATING DEVICES

All indicating devices must display readings in English (inch-pound) units.

2.6.1 Thermometers

Provide bi-metal type thermometers at locations indicated. Thermometers must have either 9 inch long scales or 3.5 inch diameter dials, with insertion, immersion, or averaging elements. Provide matching thermowells for pipe-mounted installations. Select scale ranges suitable for the intended service, with the normal operating temperature near the scale's midpoint. The thermometer's accuracy must be plus or minus 2 percent of the scale range.

2.6.1.1 Piping System Thermometers

Piping system thermometers must have brass, malleable iron or aluminum alloy case and frame, clear protective face, permanently stabilized glass tube with indicating-fluid column, white face, black numbers, and a 9 inch scale. Piping system thermometers must have an accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of scale range. Thermometers for piping systems must have rigid stems with straight, angular, or inclined pattern. Thermometer stems must have expansion heads as required to prevent breakage at extreme temperatures. On rigid-stem thermometers, the space between bulb and stem must be filled with a heat-transfer medium.

2.6.1.2 Air-Duct Thermometers

Air-duct thermometers must have perforated stem guards and 45-degree adjustable duct flanges with locking mechanism.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 20C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 121: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.6.2 Pressure Gauges

Provide pipe-mounted pressure gauges at the locations indicated. Gauges must conform to ASME B40.100 and have a 4 inch diameter dial and shutoff cock. Select scale ranges suitable for the intended service, with the normal operating pressure near the scale's midpoint. The gauge's accuracy must be plus or minus 2 percent of the scale range.

Gauges must be suitable for field or panel mounting as required, must have black legend on white background, and must have a pointer traveling through a 270-degree arc. Gauge range must be suitable for the application with an upper end of the range not to exceed 150 percent of the design upper limit. Accuracy must be plus or minus 3 percent of scale range. Gauges must meet requirements of ASME B40.100.

2.6.3 Low Differential Pressure Gauges

Gauges for low differential pressure measurements must be a minimum of 3.5 inch (nominal) size with two sets of pressure taps, and must have a diaphragm-actuated pointer, white dial with black figures, and pointer zero adjustment. Gauge range must be suitable for the application with an upper end of the range not to exceed 150 percent of the design upper limit. Accuracy must be plus or minus two percent of scale range. All differential pressure gauges shall include transmitters with 4-20 mA output for signal output to the existing Honeywell DDC System.

2.7 OUTPUT DEVICES

2.7.1 Actuators

Actuators must be electric (electronic). All actuators must be normally open (NO), normally closed (NC) or fail-in-last-position (FILP) as indicated. Normally open and normally closed actuators must be of mechanical spring return type. Electric actuators must have an electronic cut off or other means to provide burnout protection if stalled. Actuators must have a visible position indicator. Electric actuators must provide position feedback to the controller as indicated. Actuators must smoothly and fully open or close the devices to which they are applied. Electric actuators must have a full stroke response time in both directions of 90 seconds or less at rated load. Electric actuators must be of the foot-mounted type with an oil-immersed gear train or the direct-coupled type. Where multiple electric actuators operate from a common signal, the actuators must provide an output signal identical to its input signal to the additional devices. All actuators must be rated for their operating environment. Actuators used outdoors must be designed and rated for outdoor use.

Actuators incorporating an integral network connection are considered DDC Hardware and must meet the DDC Hardware requirements of Section 23 09 23 BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL FOR HVAC. Where connecting to the existing SSDIF Honeywell control system, provde BACnet to LONWORKS integrators.

2.7.1.1 Valve Actuators

Valve actuators must provide shutoff pressures and torques as required for specific applications.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 21C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 122: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.7.1.2 Damper Actuators

Damper actuators must provide the torque necessary per damper manufacturer's instructions to modulate the dampers smoothly over its full range of operation and torque must be at least 6 inch-pounds/1 square foot of damper area for opposed blade dampers and 9 inch-pounds/1 square foot of damper area for parallel blade dampers.

2.7.1.3 Electric Actuators

Each actuator must have distinct markings indicating the full-open and full-closed position Each actuator must deliver the torque required for continuous uniform motion and must have internal end switches to limit the travel, or be capable of withstanding continuous stalling without damage. Actuators must function properly within 85 to 110 percent of rated line voltage. Provide actuators with hardened steel running shafts and gears of steel or copper alloy. Fiber or reinforced nylon gears may be used for torques less than 16 inch-pounds..

a. Two-position actuators must be single direction, spring return, or reversing type. Two position actuator signals may either be the control power voltage or line voltage as needed for torque or appropriate interlock circuits.

b. Modulating actuators must be capable of stopping at any point in the cycle, and starting in either direction from any point. Actuators must be equipped with a switch for reversing direction, and a button to disengage the clutch to allow manual adjustments. Provide the actuator with a hand crank for manual adjustments, as applicable. Modulating actuator input signals can either be a 4 to 20 mAdc or a 0-10 VDC signal.

c. Floating or pulse width modulation actuators are acceptable for non-fail safe applications unless indicated otherwise provided that the floating point control (timed actuation) must have a scheduled re-calibration of span and position no more than once a day and no less than once a week. The schedule for the re-calibration should not affect occupied conditions and be staggered between equipment to prevent falsely loading or unloading central plant equipment.

2.7.2 Relays

Relays must have contacts rated for the intended application, indicator light, and dust proof enclosure. The indicator light must be lit when the coil is energized and off when coil is not energized.

Control relay contacts must have utilization category and ratings selected for the application. Each set of contacts must incorporate a normally open (NO), normally closed (NC) and common contact. Relays must be rated for a minimum life of one million operations.

2.8 USER INPUT DEVICES

User Input Devices, including potentiometers, switches and momentary contact push-buttons. Potentiometers must be of the thumb wheel or sliding bar type. Momentary Contact Push-Buttons may include an adjustable timer for their output. User input devices must be labeled for their function.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 22C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 123: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.9 MULTIFUNCTION DEVICES

Multifunction devices are products which combine the functions of multiple sensor, user input or output devices into a single product. Unless otherwise specified, the multifunction device must meet all requirements of each component device. Where the requirements for the component devices conflict, the multifunction device must meet the most stringent of the requirements.

2.9.1 Current Sensing Relay Command Switch

The Current Sensing Relay portion must meet all requirements of the Current Sensing Relay input device. The Command Switch portion must meet all requirements of the Relay output device except that it must have at least one normally-open (NO) contact.

Current Sensing Relays used for Variable Frequency Drives must be rated for Variable Frequency applications unless installed on the source side of the drive. If used in this situation, the threshold for showing status must be set to allow for the VFD's control power when the drive is not enabled and provide indication of operation when the drive is enabled at minimum speed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 General Installation Requirements

Perform the installation under the supervision of competent technicians regularly employed in the installation of DDC systems.

3.1.1.1 Device Mounting Criteria

All devices must be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as specified and indicated. Control devices to be installed in piping and ductwork must be provided with required gaskets, flanges, thermal compounds, insulation, piping, fittings, and manual valves for shutoff, equalization, purging, and calibration. Strap-on temperature sensing elements must not be used except as specified. Spare thermowells must be installed adjacent to each thermowell containing a sensor and as indicated. Devices located outdoors must have a weathershield.

3.1.1.2 Labels and Tags

Match labels and tags to the unique identifiers indicated on the As-Built drawings. Label all enclosures and instrumentation. Tag all sensors and actuators in mechanical rooms. Tag airflow measurement arrays to show flow rate range for signal output range, duct size, and pitot tube AFMA flow coefficient. Tag duct static pressure taps at the location of the pressure tap. Provide plastic or metal tags, mechanically attached directly to each device or attached by a metal chain or wire. Labels exterior to protective enclosures must be engraved plastic and mechanically attached to the enclosure or instrumentation. Labels inside protective enclosures may attached using adhesive, but must not be hand written.

3.1.2 Indication Devices Installed in Piping and Liquid Systems

Provide shutoff cocks and snubbers for all pressure gauges in piping systems. For gauges for steam service use pigtail fittings with cock.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 23C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 124: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Install thermometers and temperature sensing elements in liquid systems in thermowells. Provide spare Pressure/Temperature Ports (Pete's Plug) for all temperature and pressure sensing elements installed in liquid systems for calibration/testing.

3.1.3 Switches

3.1.3.1 Temperature Limit Switch

Provide a temperature limit switch (freezestat) to sense the temperature at the location indicated. Provide a sufficient number of temperature limit switches (freezestats) to provide complete coverage of the duct section but no less than 1 foot in length per square foot of cross sectional area. Install manual reset limit switches in approved, accessible locations where they can be reset easily. Install temperature limit switch (freezestat) sensing elements in a side-to-side (not top-to-bottom) serpentine pattern with the relay section at the highest point and in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.1.3.2 Hand-Off Auto Switches

Wire safety controls such as smoke detectors and freeze protection thermostats to protect the equipment during both hand and auto operation.

3.1.4 Temperature Sensors

Install temperature sensors in locations that are accessible and provide a good representation of sensed media. Installations in dead spaces are not acceptable. Calibrate and install sensors according to manufacturer’s instructions. Select sensors only for intended application as designated or recommended by manufacturer.

3.1.4.1 Space and Plenum Mounted Temperature Sensors

Mount the sensors where indicated or directed by NASA. Mount the center of all 54 inches above the floor. Non user-adjustable sensors can be mounted as indicated in paragraph ROOM INSTRUMENT MOUNTING.

3.1.4.2 Duct Temperature Sensors

3.1.4.2.1 Probe Type

Place tip of the sensor in the middle of the airstream or in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations or instructions.Provide a Viton or other NASA materials division approved material gasket between the sensor housing and the duct wall. Seal the duct penetration air tight. When installed in insulated duct, provide enclosure or stand off fitting to accomodate the thickness of duct insulation to allow for maintenance or replacement of the sensor and wiring terminations. Seal the duct insulation penetration vapor tight.

3.1.4.2.2 Averaging Type

Weave the sensing element in a serpentine fashion from side to side perpendicular to the flow, across the duct or air handler cross-section, using durable non-metal supports in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Avoid tight radius bends or kinking of the sensing element. Prevent contact between the sensing element and the duct or air handler internals. Provide a gasketed duct access door at the

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 24C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 125: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

sensor location. The access door must be hinged on the side, factory insulated, have cam type locks, and be as large as the duct will permit, maximum 18 by 18 inches. For sensors inside air handlers, the sensors must be fully accessible through the air handler's access doors without removing any of the air handler's internals.

3.1.4.3 Immersion Temperature Sensors

Provide thermowells for sensors measuring piping, tank, or pressure vessel temperatures. Locate wells to sense continuous flow conditions. Do not install wells using extension couplings. When installed on insulated piping, provide stand enclosure or stand off fitting to accomodate the thickness of the pipe insulation and allow for maintenance or replacement of the sensor or wiring terminations. Where piping diameters are smaller than the length of the wells, provide wells in piping at elbows to sense flow across entire area of well. Wells must not restrict flow area to less than 70 percent of pipe area. Increase piping size as required to avoid restriction. Provide the sensor well with a heat-sensitive transfer agent between the sensor and the well interior ensuring contact between the sensor and the well.

3.1.5 Air Flow Measurement Stations (AMD/AMS)

Install in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.

3.1.6 Duct Static Pressure Sensors

Locate the duct static pressure sensing tap as indicated on the design documents. If the transmitter output is a 0-10Vdc signal, locate the transmitter in the same enclosure as the air handling unit (AHU) controller for the AHU serving the terminal units. If a remote duct static pressure sensor is to be used, run the signal wire back to the controller for the air handling unit.

3.1.7 Relative Humidity Sensors

Install relative humidity sensors where indicated. Where installed downstream of humidifiers in supply air ducts install sensors at least 10 feet downstream of humidity injection elements.

3.1.8 Meters

3.1.8.1 Flowmeters

Install flowmeters to ensure minimum straight unobstructed piping for at least 10 pipe diameters upstream and at least 5 pipe diameters downstream of the flowmeter, and in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.1.8.2 Energy Meters

Locate energy meters as indicated. Connect each meter output to the DDC system, to measure both instantaneous demand/energy and other variables as indicated. Install steam meters in strict accordance with manufacturers written instructions providing minimum upstream and downstream straight pipe lengths. Provide meter manufacturers flow straighteners where conditions require.

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 25C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 126: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.1.9 Dampers

3.1.9.1 Damper Actuators

Provide spring return actuators which fail to a position that protects the served equipment and space on all control dampers related to freeze protection or force protection. For all outside, makeup and relief dampers provide dampers which fail closed. Terminal fan coil units, terminal VAV units, convectors, and unit heaters nay be non-spring return unless indicated otherwise. Do not mount actuators in the air stream. Do not connect multiple actuators to a common drive shaft. Install actuators so that their action seal the damper to the extent required to maintain leakage at or below the specified rate and so that they move the blades smoothly throughout the full range of motion.

3.1.9.2 Damper Installation

Install dampers straight and true, level in all planes, and square in all dimensions. Dampers must move freely without undue stress due to twisting, racking (parallelogramming), bowing, or other installation error. External linkages must operate smoothly over the entire range of motion, without deformation or slipping of any connecting rods, joints or brackets that will prevent a return to it's normal position. Blades must close completely and leakage must not exceed that specified at the rated static pressure. Provide structural support for multi-section dampers. Acceptable methods o structural support include but are not limited to U-channel, angle iron, corner angles and bolts, bent galvanized steel stiffeners, sleeve attachments, braces, and building structure. Where multi-section dampers are installed in ducts or sleeves, they must not sag due to lack of support. Do not use jackshafts to link more than three damper sections. Do not use blade to blade linkages. Install outside and return air dampers such that their blades direct their respective air streams towards each other to provide for maximum mixing of air streams.

3.1.10 Valves

Install the valves in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3.1.10.1 Valve Actuators

Provide spring return actuators on all control valves where freeze protection is required. Spring return actuators for terminal fan coil units, terminal VAV units, convectors, and unit heaters are not required unless indicated otherwise.

3.1.11 Thermometers and Gauges

3.1.11.1 Thermometers

Mount devices to allow reading while standing on the floor or ground, as applicable.

3.1.12 Wire and Cable

Provide complete electrical wiring for the Control System, including wiring to transformer primaries. Wire and Cable must be installed without splices between control devices and in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 90A. Instrumentation grounding must be installed per the device manufacturer's instructions and as necessary to prevent ground loops, noise, and surges

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 26C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 127: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

from adversely affecting operation of the system. Test installed ground rods as specified in IEEE 142. Cables and conductor wires must be tagged at both ends, with the identifier indicated on the shop drawings. Electrical work must be as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM and as indicated. Wiring external to enclosures must be run in raceways, except low-voltage control and low-voltage network wiring may be installed as follows:

a. plenum rated cable in suspended ceilings over occupied spaces may be run without raceways

b. nonmetallic-sheathed cables or metallic-armored cables may be installed as permitted by NFPA 70.

Install control circuit wiring not in raceways in a neat and safe manner. Wiring must not use the suspended ceiling system (including tiles, frames or hangers) for support. Where conduit or raceways are required, control circuit wiring must not run in the same conduit/raceway as power wiring over 50 volts. Run all circuits over 50 volts in conduit, metallic tubing, covered metal raceways, or armored cable.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 23 09 13 Page 27C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 128: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION 23 23 00

REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to

this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

Section Includes:

1. Refrigerant pipes and fittings.

2. Refrigerant piping valves and specialties.

3. Refrigerants.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation;

submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only. When

used, a designation following the “G” designation identifies the office

that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be

submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures”:

SD-03 Product Data

Product Data: For each type of valve, refrigerant piping, and piping

specialty.

1. Include pressure drop, based on manufacturer's test data, for the

following:

a. Thermostatic expansion valves.

b. Solenoid valves.

c. Hot-gas bypass valves.

d. Filter dryers.

e. Strainers.

f. Pressure-regulating valves.

Shop Drawings:

1. Show layout of refrigerant piping and specialties, including

pipe, tube, and fitting sizes; flow capacities; valve

arrangements and locations; slopes of horizontal runs; oil traps;

double risers; wall and floor penetrations; and equipment

connection details.

Page 129: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 2

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2. Show piping size and piping layout, including oil traps, double

risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a

minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between

compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper

operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment.

3. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and

equipment.

4. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

Welding certificates.

Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping

specialties to include in maintenance manuals.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to 2010

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing

Qualifications."

Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems."

Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer

Components."

1.7 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

Store piping with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and

exterior are clean when installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-407C:

1. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 230 psig.

2. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 380 psig.

3. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 380 psig.

Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A:

1. Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 300 psig.

Page 130: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 3

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2. Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 535 psig.

3. Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 535 psig.

2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS

Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K or L, Type ACR.

Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.

Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder

to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe.

Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M.

Flexible Connectors:

1. Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-

wire-reinforced protective jacket.

2. End Connections: Socket ends.

3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in

minimum 7-inch long assembly.

4. Working Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig.

5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.

2.3 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES

Diaphragm Packless Valves:

1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with

straight-through or angle pattern.

2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-

steel spring.

3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel.

4. Seat: Nylon.

5. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged.

6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Packed-Angle Valves:

1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze.

2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under

pressure.

3. Operator: Rising stem.

4. Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene.

5. Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap.

6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged.

7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Page 131: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 4

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Check Valves:

1. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern.

2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or

brass hex plug.

3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat.

4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel.

5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated-steel stem, and graphite

seal.

6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged.

7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig.

8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Service Valves:

1. Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove

core.

2. Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel

spring.

3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.

4. End Connections: Copper spring.

5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

Solenoid Valves: Comply with AHRI 760 and UL 429; listed and labeled by a

National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).

1. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel.

2. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice:

Stainless steel.

3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.

4. End Connections: Threaded.

5. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type

required by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter. Coordinate

coil electrical characteristics with control circuit

requirements.

6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig.

7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

Safety Relief Valves: Comply with 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel

Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL.

1. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring

seal.

2. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel.

3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.

4. End Connections: Threaded.

5. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig.

6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with AHRI 750.

1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel.

2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless

steel.

3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos.

Page 132: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 5

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge.

5. Suction Temperature: As specified in equipment schedules.

6. Superheat: Adjustable.

7. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union.

8. Working Pressure Rating: 700 psig.

Hot-Gas Bypass Valves: Comply with UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL.

1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Ductile iron or steel.

2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless

steel.

3. Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos.

4. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice:

Stainless steel.

5. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.

6. Equalizer: External.

7. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type

required by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter. Coordinate

electrical requirements with control circuit.

8. End Connections: Socket.

9. Set Pressure: Coordinate with equipment manufacturer.

10. Throttling Range: Maximum 5 psig.

11. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

12. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

Straight-Type Strainers:

1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

2. Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel.

3. End Connections: Socket or flare.

4. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Angle-Type Strainers:

1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze.

2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug.

3. Screen: 100-mesh monel.

4. End Connections: Socket or flare.

5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Moisture/Liquid Indicators:

1. Body: Forged brass.

2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating

element protected by filter screen.

3. Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in parts per

million (ppm).

4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above

60 ppm.

5. End Connections: Socket or flare.

6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

Page 133: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 6

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730.

1. Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover,

stainless-steel screws, and neoprene gaskets.

2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings;

stainless-steel support.

3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina.

4. End Connections: Socket.

5. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides

for pressure differential measurement.

6. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig.

7. Rated Flow: Coordinate with specified equipment.

8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.

Mufflers:

1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

2. End Connections: Socket or flare.

3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Receivers: Comply with AHRI 495.

1. Comply with 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and

labeled by an NRTL.

2. Comply with UL 207; listed and labeled by an NRTL.

3. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

4. Tappings: Inlet, outlet, liquid level indicator, and safety

relief valve.

5. End Connections: Socket or threaded.

6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

Liquid Accumulators: Comply with AHRI 495.

1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

2. End Connections: Socket or threaded.

3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.

4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.

2.4 REFRIGERANTS

ASHRAE 34, R-407C: Difluoromethane/Pentafluoroethane/1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane.

ASHRAE 34, R-410A: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane.

Page 134: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 7

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-407C

Suction Lines NPS 4 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning

Applications: Copper, Type L, drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper

fittings with brazed or soldered joints.

Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines:

1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints.

2. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Copper, Type K, annealed- or drawn-temper

tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered

joints.

3. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Copper, Type L, drawn-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping:

1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints.

2. NPS 1 and Smaller: Copper, Type L (B), drawn-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints.

3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Copper, Type K, annealed- or drawn-temper

tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered

joints.

4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Copper, Type L, drawn-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with soldered joints.

3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS FOR REFRIGERANT R-410A

Suction Lines NPS 4 and Smaller for Conventional Air-Conditioning

Applications: Copper, Type L (B), drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper

fittings with soldered joints.

Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines:

1. NPS 5/8 and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed- or drawn-temper

tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered

joints.

2. NPS 3/4 to NPS 1 and Smaller: Copper, Type K (A), annealed- or

drawn-temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or

soldered joints.

3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Copper, Type L (B), drawn-temper tubing and

wrought-copper fittings with Alloy HB soldered joints.

Safety-Relief-Valve Discharge Piping: Copper, Type L, annealed- or drawn-

temper tubing and wrought-copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints.

Page 135: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 8

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.3 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS

Install service valves for gage taps at inlet and outlet of hot-gas bypass

valves and strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and

strainers.

Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator

at the compressor suction connection.

Except as otherwise indicated, install diaphragm packless valves on inlet

and outlet side of filter dryers.

Install a full-size, three-valve bypass around filter dryers.

Install solenoid valves upstream from each expansion valve and hot-gas

bypass valve. Install solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at

top.

Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors

on evaporators.

1. Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb.

2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction

line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at

bottom of the line.

3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where

it will reflect suction-line pressure at bulb location.

Install safety relief valves where required by 2010 ASME Boiler and

Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside

according to ASHRAE 15.

Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the

thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil

capillary tube.

Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they

are furnished as an integral assembly for the device being protected:

1. Solenoid valves.

2. Thermostatic expansion valves.

3. Hot-gas bypass valves.

4. Compressor.

Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic

expansion valve and in the suction line at the compressor.

Install receivers sized to accommodate pump-down charge.

Install flexible connectors at compressors.

Page 136: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 9

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION

Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and

arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were

used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and

other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations

to layout are approved on Shop Drawings.

Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and

except in equipment rooms and service areas.

Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and

service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs

are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for

ceiling panel removal.

Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance.

Install piping free of sags and bends.

Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than

system operating pressure.

Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of

joints, elbows, and fittings.

Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where

exposed to mechanical injury.

Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope

downward away from compressor.

2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to

compressor.

3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs.

4. Liquid lines may be installed level.

When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses;

also remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts

of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb.

Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and

hangers or between pipes for insulation installation.

Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 23 00 00.

Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors.

Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 23 00 00.

Page 137: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 10

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs.

Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517

"Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."

Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and

floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in

Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."

3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel

pipe.

Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and

fittings before assembly.

Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide),

during brazing to prevent scale formation.

Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper

Tube Handbook."

Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook,"

Chapter "Pipe and Tube."

1. Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper socket

fittings with copper pipe.

2. Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with

bronze or steel.

3.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in

Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

Install the following pipe attachments:

1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs

less than 20 feet long.

2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs

20 feet or longer.

3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20

feet or longer, supported on a trapeze.

4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs.

5. Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in

direct contact with copper pipe.

Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and

minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1/2: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch.

2. NPS 5/8: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch.

3. NPS 1: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod, 1/4 inch.

4. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

Page 138: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 11

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

5. NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

6. NPS 2: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

7. NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

8. NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod, 3/8 inch.

9. NPS 4: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod, 1/2 inch.

Support vertical runs at floor.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI.

2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate

compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test

pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure.

3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately

at not less than the pressures indicated in "Performance

Requirements" Article.

a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure.

b. System shall maintain test pressure at the manifold gage

throughout duration of test.

c. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by

brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over

joints.

d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until

satisfactory results are achieved.

Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.8 SYSTEM CHARGING

Charge system using the following procedures:

1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before

evacuation.

2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500

micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for

charging.

3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up

to 2 psig.

4. Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line.

3.9 ADJUSTING

Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat.

Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in

response to fluctuating suction pressure.

Adjust set-point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled-water

controllers to the system design temperature.

Page 139: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 23 00 Page 12

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration

system, according to manufacturer's written instructions:

1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit.

2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct.

3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves.

4. Open refrigerant valves except bypass valves that are used for

other purposes.

5. Check open compressor-motor alignment and verify lubrication for

motors and bearings.

Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted

and after design flow rates and pressures are established.

END OF SECTION 23 23 00

Page 140: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION 23 25 33

WATER FILTRATION AND SOFTENING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to

this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

Section includes the following HVAC water filtration equipment:

1. RO equipment.

2. Cartridge-type filters.

3. Water softener.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

RO: Reverse osmosis.

TSS: Total suspended solids are solid materials, including organic and

inorganic, that are suspended in the water. These solids may include silt,

plankton, and industrial wastes.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a “G” designation;

submittals not having a “G” designation are for information only. When

used, a designation following the “G” designation identifies the office

that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be

submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures”:

SD-03 Product Data.

RO units.

Cartridge-type filters.

Water softeners

Shop Drawings: Softeners and filtration equipment, maintenance space

required, and piping connections to HVAC systems.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.

2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

Page 141: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 2

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

Seismic Qualification Certificates: For water softeners, RO equipment,

water filtration units and components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification

is based on actual test of assembled components or on

calculation.

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center

of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage

provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the

certification is based and their installation requirements.

Water Analysis Provider Qualifications: Verification of experience and

capability of HVAC water-treatment service provider.

Field quality-control reports.

Other Informational Submittals:

1. Water Analysis: Illustrate water quality available at Project

site.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

Operation and Maintenance Data: For sensors, injection pumps, water

softeners, RO equipment, water filtration units, and controllers to

include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RO EQUIPMENT FOR HVAC HUMIDIFICATION MAKE-UP WATER

Description: Factory fabricated and tested with RO membrane elements in

housings, high-pressure pumps and motors, controls, valves, and prefilter;

mounted on skid.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application.

Fabricate supports and attachments to tanks with reinforcement strong

enough to resist tank movement during seismic event when tank supports are

anchored to building structure as recommended in writing by manufacturer.

Skid Assembly: Welded-steel frame coated with epoxy protective finish.

RO Membrane and Housing:

1. Element: Thin-film composite with U-cup brine seal with minimum

98 percent salt rejection based on 2000-ppm water supplied at 225

psig and 77 deg F.

Page 142: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 3

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2. Housing: ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel with PVC end caps

held in place with stainless-steel straps.

High-Pressure Pumps and Motors:

1. Pump:

a. Vertical, multistage centrifugal operating at 3500 rpm with

ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless-steel casing, shaft,

impellers, and inlet and discharge casting.

b. Bearings shall be tungsten carbide and ceramic.

c. Cast-iron frame and flanged suction and discharge

connections.

2. Motor: NEMA-standard, C-faced, totally enclosed, fan-cooled motor

supported on the pump-bearing frame. General requirements for

motors are specified in Facets Specification Section 26 60 13

"Low Voltage Motors."

Controls:

1. Microprocessor-based controller with digital display. Provide DDC

control interface for remote status, alarm, differential pressure

across membranes, flow monitoring and totalization. Controller

shall be directly integrated into the existing SSDIF Honeywell

DDC system.

2. Interlock for remote start/stop control.

3. Membrane flush sequence when pumps shut down.

4. Run time indicator.

5. Low-pressure safety cutoff.

6. Panel-mounted gages as follows:

a. Product and concentrate.

b. Inlet, cartridge filter outlet, RO feed, RO concentrate, and

RO product pressures.

c. Product conductivity monitor.

Valves:

1. Stainless-steel pump, concentrate, and recycle throttling valves

rated for minimum 300 psig.

2. Automatic inlet shutoff valve, diaphragm type; solenoid actuated,

normally closed, and constructed of glass-reinforced noryl

thermoplastic.

3. PVC valves with EPDM seats and seals for isolation at inlet, and

check and sample valves at product and concentrate. Sample valves

at cartridge filter outlet, concentrate, and product outlet.

Prefilter:

1. Housing: Polypropylene with built-in relief or vent valve.

2. Element: Spun-wound polypropylene.

Inlet Water Tempering Valve: Thermostatic water-tempering valve to

maintain 77 deg F inlet water temperature to RO unit.

Page 143: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 4

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Pressurized Storage Tank:

1. Tank: ASME rated to 150 psig fiberglass reinforced epoxy resin

tank with butyl bladder and liner. Tank shall have a burst

pressure rating of 600 psig. Provide threaded connections for

inlet and blow-down at base of bottom blow-down valve, vacuum

breaker at inlet and baffle diffuser inlet tube.

2. Control: Level switches start and stop RO unit. Low-level limit

shall stop repressurization pumps, and signal an alarm.

Repressurization Pumps:

1. Pumps: Two close-coupled, single-stage centrifugal pumps, with

mechanical seals. Wetted components ASTM A 666, Type 316

stainless steel.

2. Controls: NEMA 250, Type 4X pump control panel constructed of

fiberglass to control pumps, one operating and one standby, with

automatic alternator and fail-over control.

3. Motor: Open, drip proof motor supported on the pump-bearing

frame. General requirements for motors are specified in

Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

Water Test Kit: Include in wall-mounting cabinet for RO unit.

Capacities and Characteristics:

1. RO Product Flow Rate: 3.6 gpm @ 50 deg F.

2. Storage Tank Size: 80 gal.

3. RO Inlet Operating Temperature: 50 deg F.

4. Prefilter Design (at Total Water Flow Rate):

a. Filter Efficiency: 98 percent.

b. Particle Size: 5 microns and larger.

c. Clean Pressure Loss: 2 psig.

d. Replacement Pressure Loss: 6 psig.

5. Electrical Characteristics (Single-Point Connection):

a. Volts: As scheduled.

b. Phase: As scheduled.

c. Hertz: As scheduled.

d. Full-Load Amperes: As scheduled.

2.2 CARTRIDGE-TYPE FILTERS (PRE-FILTER)

Description: Inline mounted filter housings with filter cartridges for

removing particles and sediment from water. Mount filter at inlet

connection of water softener 029-WSS001, downstream of backflow prevention

device. Basis of design Harmsco FSSS, or approved equal.

1. Housings: Corrosion resistant type 304 or 316 stainless steel;

designed to separate inlet from outlet and to direct inlet

through cartridge-type water filter; with base, feet, or skirt.

Page 144: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 5

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

a. Pipe Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded

according to ASME B1.20.1.

2. Cartridge: Replaceable; of shape to fit housing.

Capacities and Characteristics:

1. Filter Design:

a. Water Flow Rate: 150% of equipment served.

b. Filtration Efficiency: 98 percent.

c. Particle Size: 10 microns and larger.

d. Clean Pressure Loss: 2 psig.

e. Pressure Loss at Replacement: 6 psig.

f. Filter Dimension: 23” length.

2. Housing:

a. Material: Type 304 or 316L Stainless steel.

b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig.

c. Seal Material: Viton. Rubber, EPDM and silicon shall not be

acceptable.

d. Inlet and Outlet Size: Line size plus one pipe size.

e. Drain Size: 1/8” NPT

f. Vent: 1/8” NPT

3. Cartridge:

a. Number Required: One (1) housing. Provide spare set of

filters to NASA at project completion.

b. Nominal Diameter: To match housing.

c. Nominal Length: To match housing.

d. Media Material: Polypropylene.

2.3 WATER SOFTENER

Description: Duplex system with twin mineral tanks, one dechlorinator and

one brine tank, factory mounted on skid.

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended

location and application.

Fabricate supports and attachments to tanks with reinforcement strong

enough to resist tank movement during seismic event when tank supports are

anchored to building structure as recommended in writing by manufacturer.

Mineral Tanks:

1. Fabricate and label fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) filter tanks

to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section X,

if indicated.

2. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.

3. Wetted Components: Suitable for water temperatures from 40 to at

least 100 deg F.

Page 145: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 6

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

4. Freeboard: 50 percent, minimum, for backwash expansion above the

normal resin bed level.

5. Support Legs or Skirt: Constructed of structural steel, welded or

bonded to tank before testing and labeling.

6. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized on exterior and interior of tank after

fabrication.

7. Upper Distribution System: Single-point type, fabricated from

stainless-steel pipe and fittings.

8. Lower Distribution System: Hub and radial-arm or header-lateral

type; fabricated from PVC pipe and fittings with individual,

fine-slotted, non-clogging polyethylene strainers; arranged for

even-flow distribution through resin bed.

9. All seals shall be Viton. Use of rubber, EPDM or silicon is not

acceptable.

Controls: Automatic; factory mounted PLC based controller on mineral tanks

and factory wired.

1. DDC control interface for communication of status, alarm and flow

to the existing SSDIF Honeywell DDC system.

2. Adjustable duration of regeneration steps.

3. Push-button start and complete manual operation override.

4. Pointer on pilot-control valve shall indicate cycle of operation.

5. Means of manual operation of pilot-control valve if power fails.

6. Main Operating Valves: Industrial, automatic, multiport,

diaphragm type with the following features:

a. Slow opening and closing, non-slam operation.

b. Diaphragm guiding on full perimeter from fully open to fully

closed.

c. Isolated dissimilar metals within valve.

d. Self-adjusting, internal, automatic brine injector that draws

brine and rinses at constant rate independent of pressure.

e. Float-operated brine valve to automatically measure the

correct amount of brine to the softener and refill with fresh

water.

f. Sampling cocks for soft water.

7. Flow Control: Automatic control of backwash and flush rates over

variations in operating pressures that do not require field

adjustments. Equip mineral tanks with automatic-reset-head water

meter that electrically activates cycle controller to initiate

regeneration at preset total in gallons and that automatically

resets after regeneration to preset total in gallons for next

service run. Include alternator to regenerate one mineral tank

with the other in service.

Brine Tank: Combination measuring and wet-salt storing system.

1. Tank and Cover Material: Fiberglass a minimum of 3/16 inch thick;

or molded polyethylene a minimum of 3/8 inch thick.

2. Brine Valve: Float operated and plastic fitted for automatic

control of brine withdrawn and freshwater refill.

3. Size: Large enough for at least four regenerations at full

salting.

Activated Carbon Filter (Dechlorinator)

Page 146: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 7

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

1. Media Tank: fiberglass-reinforced polyester rated for minimum 150

psig with internal backwash distributor and filtered water

collector.

2. Media: 12 by 40 mesh, bituminous coal-based activated carbon.

3. Backwash Valve: Piston-operated control valve with drain-line,

flow-control orifice.

4. Backwash Control: Seven-day time clock.

Factory-Installed Accessories:

1. Piping, valves, tubing, and drains.

2. Sampling cocks.

3. Main-operating-valve position indicators.

4. Water meters.

Water Test Kit: Include in wall-mounting enclosure for water softener.

Capacities and Characteristics:

1. Continuous Service Flow Rate: 10 gpm at 15-psig pressure loss.

2. Electrical Characteristics:

a. Volts: 120.

b. Phase: 1.

c. Hertz: 60.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 WATER ANALYSIS

Perform an analysis of supply water to determine quality of water

available at Project site.

3.2 INSTALLATION

Equipment Mounting:

1. Install water softeners, RO equipment, tanks and water filtration

equipment on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply

with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified

in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic

control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and

Seismic Controls for HVAC."

3.3 WATER-SOFTENER INSTALLATION

Install water-softener equipment on concrete bases, level and plumb.

Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls

Page 147: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 8

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

and devices that require servicing are accessible. Anchor mineral and

brine tanks and floor-mounting accessories to substrate.

Install brine lines and fittings furnished by equipment manufacturer but

not factory installed.

Prepare mineral-tank distribution system and underbed for minerals and

place specified mineral into mineral tanks.

Install water-testing sets on wall adjacent to water softeners.

3.4 RO UNIT INSTALLATION

Install RO unit and storage tank on concrete bases, level and plumb.

Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls

and devices that require servicing are accessible. Anchor RO unit and

storage tank with pumps to substrate.

Install interconnecting piping and controls furnished by equipment

manufacturer but not factory installed.

Install water-testing sets on wall adjacent to RO unit.

3.5 CONNECTIONS

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings

indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and

maintenance.

Make piping connections between water softeners, RO and water filtration

equipment and dissimilar-metal piping with dielectric fittings. Comply

with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping."

Install shutoff valves on water softeners, reverse osmosis (RO) and water

filtration equipment inlet and outlet. Metal general-duty valves are

specified in Section 25 05 15 Valves for downstream side of RO system

specified in Section 22 67 00 “Processed Water System Pipe, Valves and

Accessories.”

Comply with requirements in Section 22 00 00 "Plumbing, General Purpose"

for backflow preventers required in makeup-water connections to potable-

water systems.

Confirm applicable electrical requirements in electrical Sections for

connecting electrical equipment.

Ground equipment according to Electrical Specifications for Grounding and

Bonding of Electrical Systems.

Page 148: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 9

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service

representative to test, inspect, start-up and adjust components,

assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.

Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a

factory-authorized service representative:

1. Inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation,

including piping and electrical connections.

2. Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and

equipment have been cleaned, flushed, and filled with water, and

are fully operational before introducing.

3. Place water softeners, RO and water filtration systems into

operation and calibrate controls during the preliminary phase of

systems' startup procedures.

4. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is

tested and satisfactory test results are achieved.

5. Test for leaks and defects. If testing is performed in segments,

submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of

portion of piping tested.

6. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, and

replaced water piping until it has been tested and approved.

Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been

tested and approved.

7. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above

operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping

system materials. Isolate test source and allow test pressure to

stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute

defects.

8. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping

until no leaks exist.

Equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and

inspections.

Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Scope of Maintenance Service: Provide chemicals and service program to

maintain water conditions required above to inhibit corrosion, scale

formation, and biological growth for equipment. Services and chemicals

shall be provided for a period of one year from date of Substantial

Completion, and shall include the following:

1. Periodic field service and consultation.

2. Customer report charts and log sheets.

3. Laboratory technical analysis.

4. Analyses and reports of all chemical items concerning safety and

compliance with government regulations.

Page 149: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 25 33 Page 10

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.8 DEMONSTRATION

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's

maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water-treatment

systems and equipment.

END OF SECTION 23 25 33

Page 150: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10

UNFIRED CLEAN STEAM GENERATOR01/08

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)

ASME B16.21 (2011) Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges

ASME B40.100 (2013) Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments

ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 (2010) BPVC Section VIII-Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A653/A653M (2015; E 2016) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM D3308 (2012) PTFE Resin Skived Tape

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-02 Shop Drawings

Unfired clean steam generator

SD-03 Product Data

Unfired clean steam generatorSpare Parts

SD-06 Test Reports

Testing and Cleaning

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Operation and Maintenance Manuals; G

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 151: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance with the code under which the welding is specified to be accomplished.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Protect all equipment delivered and placed in storage from the weather, excessive humidity and excessive temperature variation; and dirt, dust, or other contaminants.

1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS

Submit spare parts data for each different item of material and equipment specified, after approval of the related submittals and not later than 2 months prior to the date of beneficial occupancy. Include in the data a complete list of parts and supplies, with current unit prices and source of supply.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

2.1.1 Standard Products

Provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and that essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years prior to bid opening. Equipment shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, reasonably convenient to the site.

2.1.2 Nameplates

Place a plate on each major item of equipment having the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, and catalog number secured to the item of equipment.

2.1.3 Equipment Guards and Access

High temperature equipment and piping exposed to contact by personnel or where it creates a potential fire hazard shall be properly guarded or covered with insulation of a type specified.

2.1.4 Asbestos Prohibition

Asbestos and asbestos-containing products will not be accepted.

2.1.5 Electrical Work

Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified, and any control wiring, conduit, and connection to power required for controls and devices but not shown shall be provided.

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 152: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

2.2 PIPING, TUBING, AND FITTINGS

2.2.1 General

Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be as follows: Piping, tubing and fittings shall be as specified in NASA Facets Specification. RO supply water piping and valves shall be as specified in Supplemental Specification Section 22 67 00.

2.3 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES

2.3.1 Iron and Steel Sheets

2.3.1.1 Galvanized Iron and Steel

Galvanized iron and steel shall conform to ASTM A653/A653M, with general requirements conforming to ASTM A653/A653M. Gauge numbers specified are Manufacturer's Standard Gauge.

2.3.1.2 Uncoated (Black) Steel

Uncoated (black) steel shall have composition, condition, and finish best suited to the intended use. Gauge numbers specified refer to Manufacturer's Standard Gauge.

2.3.2 Thermometers

Mercury shall not be used in thermometers. Thermometers shall have brass, malleable iron, or aluminum alloy case and frame, clear protective face, permanently stabilized glass tube with indicating-fluid column, white face, black numbers, and a 9 inch scale, and thermometers shall have rigid stems with straight, angular, or inclined pattern.

2.3.3 Gauges

Gauges shall conform to ASME B40.100.

2.3.4 Gaskets for Flanges

Composition gaskets shall conform to ASME B16.21. Gaskets shall be nonasbestos compressed material in accordance with ASME B16.21, 1/16 inch thickness, full face or self-centering flat ring type. Gaskets shall contain aramid fibers bonded with styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) or nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR). NBR binder shall be used for hydrocarbon service. Gaskets shall be suitable for pressure and temperatures of piping system.

2.4 BLOWDOWN COOLER

Provide factory fabricated drain blowdown cooler with expansion chamber, themocouple, and solenoid water inlet control valve. Drain cooler shall be sized for an inlet condition of 244 degress F at 3 gpm to limit discharge water to 140 degrees F in accordance with local plumbing codes.

2.5 UNFIRED CLEAN STEAM GENERATOR - 029-CSG001

Unfired Clean Steam Generator - 029-CSG001

1. Provide a packaged factory assembled, pre-piped unfired steam generator consisting of a steel shell, stainless steel tube coil, stainless clean

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 153: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

steel steam piping, valves and controls. All stainless steel piping shall be type 304 factory-fabricated and provided as a part of the complete package.

2. Shell: Stainless steel ASME code construction with flanged piping connections. (150 psig) maximum WSP. Unit vessel shall be insulated with 3 inches of rigid fiberglass protected with minimum 20 ga. thick enamel painted jacket.

3. Tubes and Sheets: Type 316L Stainless Steel tubes suitable for (150 psig) working pressure. Sheets shall be constructed from Type 316L stainless steel.

4. Design: Heated fluid in shell and heating fluid (higher pressure steam) in tubes.

5. Steam generator shall be factory furnished with the following accessories:

a. Steel Skid Base Frame b. Insulation.c. Electronically actuated modulating control valve with pressure

controller.d. Control pilot to maintain constant steam output.e. Pressure relief valve.f. Vessel and tube side pressure gages.g. Liquid level controller with brass feed water solenoid valve check

valve and strainer.h. Over-pressure limit system with auto-reset.i. Factory packaging an testing of entire unit.j. Dual F&T condensate traps and strainers.k. Automatic blow down with total dissolved solids (TDS) controller.l. Low water cut-off and high pressure cut-off.m. Fully wired control box.n. Automatic drain solenoid valve.

6. Provide PLC control module with LED backlit LCD display and LED pilot lights to indicate on-off, high pressure, low pressure, low water and water feed. Control module shall allow the local adjustment of pressure limits on display screen. Control module shall have alarm light and alarm horn with built in alarm silence relay. Controller shall directly integrate into the existing Honeywell DDC Control System, providing remote ON/OFF control, status and alarms including high pressure, low pressure, low water and water feed. The controller shall allow the DDC System to remotely monitor and adjust the operating pressure. Control module shall be supplied with an on-off switch and shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 panel. All solenoids and limits shall be 24 VAC.

Steam Flow Meter: Provide steam flow meter in supply steam connection with remote mount flow computer and DDC interface. Steam flow meter shall be Vortex type as specified in Supplemental Specification Section 23 09 13.

Steam Exhaust Head: Cast iron, fitted with baffle plates, to trap and drain condensed water.

2.6 GAGES, PRESSURE AND COMPOUND

ASME B40.1, Accuracy Grade 1A, (pressure, vacuum, or compound), initial mid scale accuracy 1 percent of scale (Qualify grade), metal or phenolic case,

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 154: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

4 1/2 inches in diameter, 1/4 inch NPT bottom connection, white dial with black graduations and pointer, clear glass or acrylic plastic window. Provide red "set hand" to indicate normal working pressure.

Provide brass, lever handle union cock. Provide brass/bronze pressure snubber for gages in water service. Provide brass pigtail syphon for steam gages.

Range of Gages: For services not listed provide range equal to at least 130 percent of normal operating range:

Low pressure steam and steam condensate to 15 psig

0 to 30 psig.

Medium pressure steam and steam condensate nominal 60 psig

0 to 100 psig.

High pressure steam and steam condensate nominal 90 to 125 psig

0 to 200 psig.

Pumped condensate, steam condensate, gravity or vacuum 30" HG to 30 psig

0 to 60 psig

2.7 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES

2.7.1 Vacuum Relief Valve

Vacuum relief valve shall be installed on the shell of each shell and U-tube steam heat exchanger and on the factory supplied steam inlet nozzle of each plate and frame heat exchanger. On shutoff of steam supply and condensing of steam, the vacuum relief valve shall automatically admit air to the heat exchanger.

2.7.2 Pressure Relief Valves

One or more pressure relief valves shall be provided for each heat exchanger in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1. The aggregate relieving capacity of the relief valves shall be not less than that required by the above code. Discharge from the valves shall be installed as indicated. Pressure relief valves for steam heat exchangers shall be located on the low temperature water supply coming from near the heat exchanger as indicated. Relief valves for high temperature water heat exchanger shall be installed on the heat exchanger shell.

2.7.3 Drains

Install adrain connection with 3/4 inch hose bib at the lowest point in the water supply water return main near the steam generator. In addition, install threaded drain connections with threaded cap and chain where required in system.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions in the field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing the work.

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 155: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.2 INSTALLATION

Install all work as indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's diagrams and recommendations.

3.3 PIPING

3.3.1 Water Supply Systems

Piping may have threaded, welded, flanged or flared, sweated, or grooved mechanical joints as applicable and as specified. Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes. In horizontal lines, reducing fittings shall be the eccentric type to maintain the top of the adjoining pipes at the same level.

3.3.2 Steam Systems

Piping may have threaded, welded, or flanged joints as applicable and as specified. Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes. In horizontal steam lines, reducing fittings shall be the eccentric type to maintain the bottom of the lines at the same level. Grooved mechanical joints shall not be used.

3.3.3 Threaded Joints

Threaded joints shall be made with tapered threads properly cut, and shall be made tight with PTFE tape complying with ASTM D3308, or equivalent thread joint compound applied to the male threads only, and in no case to the fittings.

3.3.4 Welded Joints

Joints shall be fusion-welded unless otherwise required. Changes in direction of piping shall be made with welding fittings only. Branch connection may be made with either welding tees or branch outlet fittings. Branch outlet fittings shall be forged, flared for improvement of flow where attached to the run, and reinforced against external strains.

3.3.5 Flanged Joints or Unions

Flanged joints or unions shall be provided in each line immediately preceding the connection to each piece of equipment or material requiring maintenance such as coils, pumps, control valves, and similar items. Flanged joints shall be faced true, provided with gaskets, and made square and tight. Full-faced gaskets shall be used with cast iron flanges.

3.3.6 Flared and Sweated Pipe and Tubing

Pipe and tubing shall be cut square and burrs shall be removed. Both inside of fittings and outside of tubing shall be cleaned with an abrasive before sweating. Care shall be taken to prevent annealing of fittings and hard drawn tubing when making connection. Installation shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Changes in direction of piping shall be made with flared or soldered fittings only. Solder and flux shall be lead free. Joints for soldered fittings shall be made with silver solder or 95:5 tin-antimony solder. Cored solder shall not be used. Joints for flared fittings shall be of the compression pattern. Swing joints or offsets shall be provided on all branch connections, mains, and risers to provide for expansion and contraction forces without undue

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 156: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

stress to the fittings or to short lengths of pipe or tubing.

3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT

Supply and return connections shall be provided by the Contractor unless otherwise indicated. Valves and traps shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the supply and return pipes to each piece of equipment shall be not smaller than the connections on the equipment. No bushed connections shall be permitted. Change in sizes shall be made with reducers or increasers only.

3.4.1 Steam and Condensate Connections

Connections, unless otherwise indicated, shall be made with malleable iron unions for piping 2-1/2 inches or less in diameter and with flanges for pipe 3 inches or more in diameter.

3.5 BRANCH CONNECTIONS

3.5.1 High And Medium Temperature Water Branches

Branches shall take off at 45 degrees in the direction of the fluid flow from the supply and return lines and should be branched from the top or upper half of the main line unless otherwise indicated. Abrupt reduction in pipe sizes shall be avoided.

3.6 RISERS

The location of risers is approximate. Exact locations of the risers shall be as approved. Steam supply downfeed risers shall terminate in a dirt pocket and shall be dripped through a trap to the return line.

3.7 VALVES AND EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES

3.7.1 Valves and Equipment

Valves shall be installed at the locations shown or specified, and where required for isolation and proper functioning of the system as directed. Gate valves shall be used unless otherwise indicated, specified, or directed. Valves shall be installed with their stems horizontal to or above the main body of the valve. Valves used with ferrous piping shall have threaded or flanged ends and sweat-type connections for copper tubing.

3.7.2 Thermometer Socket

A thermometer well shall be provided in each return line for each circuit in multicircuit systems.

3.7.3 Air Vents

Vents shall be installed where indicated, and on all high points and piping offsets where air can collect or pocket.

3.7.3.1 Water Air Vents

Water air vents shall be as specified Vent discharge lines shall be double-valved with globe valves and shall discharge into a funnel drain.

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 157: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.7.3.2 Steam Air Vents

Steam air vents shall be a quick-acting valve that continuously removes air. Valve shall be constructed of corrosion-resisting metal, shall be designed to withstand the maximum piping system pressure, and shall automatically close tight to prevent escape of steam and condensate. Vent shall be provided with a manual isolation valve. A vent shall be provided on the shell of each steam heat exchanger.

3.8 STEAM TRAPS

Traps shall be installed in the condensate line as indicated. Other steam traps shall be installed where indicated.

3.9 INSULATION

Thickness of insulation materials for piping and equipment and application shall be in accordance with this Section and Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.

3.10 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES

Provide the services of a manufacturer's representative who is experienced in the installation, adjustment, and operation of the equipment specified. The representative shall supervise the installation, adjustment, and testing of the equipment.

3.11 TESTING AND CLEANING

Submit performance test reports in booklet form showing all field tests performed to adjust each component and all field tests performed to prove compliance with the specified performance criteria, upon completion and testing of the installed system. Indicate in each test report the final position of controls.

3.11.1 Pressure Testing

Notify the Contracting Officer 7 days before the tests are to be conducted. The tests shall be performed in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests. Electricity, steam, and water will be furnished by the Government. All test results shall be accepted before thermal insulation is installed. The entire low temperature heating system, including heat exchanger, radiators and fittings, shall be hydrostatically tested and proved tight under a pressure of 45 psig for a period of four hours.

3.12 FIELD TRAINING

Provide a field training course for designated operating and maintenance staff members. Provide training for a total period of 8 hours of normal working time starting after the system is functionally complete but prior to final acceptance tests. Field training shall cover all of the items contained in the approved Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Submit 6 copies of operation and 6 copies of maintenance manuals for the equipment furnished. One complete set, prior to performance testing and the remainder upon acceptance. Operating manuals shall detail the step-by-step procedures required for system startup, operation, and shutdown. Operating manuals shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, parts list, and brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features.

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 158: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Maintenance manuals shall list routine maintenance procedures, water treatment procedures, possible breakdowns and repairs, and troubleshooting guides. Maintenance manuals shall include piping and equipment layout and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed. Manuals shall be provided prior to the field training course.

3.13 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING

Except as specified herein, testing, adjusting, and balancing shall be in accordance with Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 23 57 10.00 10 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 159: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 23 64 10

WATER COOLED CONDENSING UNITS11/16

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (AHRI)

AHRI 450 (2007) Water-Cooled Refrigerant Condensers, Remote Type

AHRI 550/590 I-P (2015; ERTA 2016) Performance Rating Of Water-Chilling and Heat Pump Water-Heating Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)

ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34 (2016) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 15-Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems and ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 34-Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants

ASHRAE 90.1 - IP (2013) Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)

AWS Z49.1 (2012) Safety in Welding and Cutting and Allied Processes

ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)

ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 (2010) BPVC Section VIII-Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM A307 (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength

ASTM B117 (2016) Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus

ASTM D520 (2000; R 2011) Zinc Dust Pigment

ASTM E84 (2016) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 160: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

ASTM F104 (2011) Standard Classification System for Nonmetallic Gasket Materials

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)

NEMA MG 1 (2016) Motors and Generators

NEMA MG 11 (1977; R 2012) Energy Management Guide for Selection and Use of Single Phase Motors

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Water cooled condensing unit; G

Posted Instructions

Verification of Dimensions

Factory Tests

System Performance Tests

Demonstrations

Field Acceptance Test Plan

SD-06 Test Reports

Field Acceptance Testing

Field Acceptance Test Report

Factory Tests

System Performance Tests

SD-07 Certificates

Refrigeration System; G

SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions

Installation Instructions; G

SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data

Operation and Maintenance Manuals; G

SD-11 Closeout Submittals

Ozone Depleting Substances; G

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 161: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Exposed moving parts, parts that produce high operating temperature, parts which may be electrically energized, and parts that may be a hazard to operating personnel must be insulated, fully enclosed, guarded, or fitted with other types of safety devices. Safety devices must be installed so that proper operation of equipment is not impaired. Welding and cutting safety requirements must be in accordance with AWS Z49.1.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Stored items must be protected from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt and dust, or other contaminants. Proper protection and care of all material both before and during installation will be the Contractor's responsibility. Any materials found to be damaged must be replaced at the Contractor's expense. During installation, piping and similar openings must be capped to keep out dirt and other foreign matter.

1.5 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

1.5.1 Verification of Dimensions

The Contractor must become familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions in the field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing any work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For products in this section provide and document the following:

2.1.1 Ozone Depleting Substances

Water cooled condenser refrigerant systems must not use CFC-based refrigerants, and must have an Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) no greater than 0.0.

2.2 STANDARD COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS

Materials and equipment will be standard Commercial cataloged products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products, which are of a similar material, design and workmanship. These products must have a two year record of satisfactory field service prior to bid opening. The two year record of service must include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. Products having less than a two year record of satisfactory field service will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field service for not less than 6000 hours can be shown. The 6000 hour service record must not include any manufacturer's prototype or factory testing. Satisfactory field service must have been completed by a product that has been, and presently is being sold or offered for sale on the commercial market through the following copyrighted means: advertisements, manufacturer's catalogs, or brochures.

2.3 MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NAMEPLATES

Major equipment including compressors, compressor drivers, condensers,

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 162: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

water coolers, receivers, refrigerant leak detectors, heat exchanges, fans, and motors must have the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, and catalog number on a plate secured to the item of equipment. Plates must be durable and legible throughout equipment life. Plates must be fixed in prominent locations with nonferrous screws or bolts.

2.4 ELECTRICAL WORK

a. Provide motors, controllers, integral disconnects, contactors, drivers and controls with their respective pieces of equipment, except controllers indicated as part of motor control centers. Provide electrical equipment, including motors and wiring, as specified in Section 26 20 00. Manual or automatic control and protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and control wiring required for controls and devices specified, but not shown, must be provided. For packaged equipment, the manufacturer must provide controllers including the required monitors and timed restart.

b. For single-phase motors, provide high-efficiency type, fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors, including motors that are part of a system, in accordance with NEMA MG 11.

c. For polyphase motors, provide squirrel-cage medium induction motors, including motors that are part of a system, and that meet the efficiency ratings for premium efficiency motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1.

d. Provide motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and of sufficient size to drive the load at the specified capacity without exceeding the nameplate rating of the motor. Motors must be rated for continuous duty with the enclosure specified. Motor duty requirements must allow for maximum frequency start-stop operation and minimum encountered interval between start and stop. Motor torque must be capable of accelerating the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period. Provide motor starters complete with thermal overload protection and other necessary appurtenances. Motor enclosure type may be either TEAO or TEFC.

e. Provide inverter duty premium efficiency motors for use with variable frequency drives.

2.5 WATER COOLED CONDENSING UNIT - 029-WCC001

2.5.1 Summary

Basis of design equipment is a water cooled, multi-circuited refrigerant condensing unit. Condenser heat sink source water is building chilled water return from the SSDIF clean room primary cooling coils (coil wall). Condenser shall contain two (2) modules, each equipped with two (2) independent refrigerant circuits and fully independent and dedicated microprocessor controllers. Unit shall be equipped with common condenser water supply and return headers, water-refrigerant brazed plate heat exchangers, condenser water flow control valves at each heat exchanger, single point power connection with power distribution bus.

2.5.2 General Requirements

Water cooled condenser system must be certified for performance per

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 163: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

AHRI 550/590 I-P. If unit is not in scope of AHRI 550/590 I-P then chiller must be rated in accordance with AHRI 550/590 I-P. Individual components must be constructed and rated in accordance with the applicable AHRI standards. Refrigerant systems must conform to ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. The unit must be ASHRAE 90.1 - IP compliant and meet 10 CFR Part 433, 434 and 435 efficiency performance standards for federal construction. The manufacturer must provide certification of compliance. Unit must be assembled, leak-tested, charged (refrigerant and oil), and adjusted at the job site in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Unit components delivered separately must be sealed and charged with a nitrogen holding charge. Unit assembly must be completed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Unit must operate within capacity range and speed recommended by the manufacturer. Parts weighing 50 pounds or more which must be removed for inspection, cleaning, or repair, must have lifting eyes or lugs. Unit must include all customary auxiliaries deemed necessary by the manufacturer for safe, controlled, automatic operation of the equipment. Unit's condenser must be provided with grooved mechanical connections. Unit refrigerant circuits must operate at partial load conditions without increased vibration over normal vibration at full load, and must be capable of continuous operation down to minimum capacity. As a minimum, unit must include the following components as defined in paragraph WATER COOLED CONDENSER COMPONENTS.

a. Refrigerant and oil

b. Digital scroll compressors

c. Compressor driver, electric motor

d. Compressor driver connections

e. Internal condenser water headers and flow control

f. Refrigerant to water heat exchangers

g. Structural frame and base

h. Refrigerant circuits

i. Controls package

j. Receiver

2.5.3 Remote Water-Cooled Condenser

Condenser must be a factory-fabricated and assembled unit constructed and rated in accordance with AHRI 450. Condenser must be of the brazed plate design. Condenser's refrigerant side must be designed and factory pressure tested to comply with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. Condenser's water side must be designed and factory pressure tested for not less than 360 psi. Condenser heat exchanger must be constructed of Type 316L stainless steel plates brazed together with copper. Refrigerant circuit must be complete with liquid solenoid valve and expansion device capable of modulating to the minimum step of capacity unloading. For the water side of the heat exchanger, nozzle velocity shall not exceed 25 ft/sec. Condensers must be complete with pressure relief valve or rupture disk, water drain connections, refrigerant charging valve, refrigerant valves, liquid-level indicating devices, and stand or saddle. Low pressure refrigerant condenser must be provided with a purge valve located at the highest point

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 164: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

in the condenser to purge non-condensibles trapped in the condenser. Condenser shell must be constructed of seamless or welded steel. Water-cooled condensers may be used for refrigerant storage in lieu of a separate liquid receiver, if the condenser storage capacity is 20 percent in excess of the fully charged system. As a minimum, the condenser must include the following components as defined in paragraph COMPONENTS.

a. Liquid-level indicating devices.

b. Companion flanges, bolts, and gaskets for flanged water connections.

2.6 COMPONENTS

2.6.1 Refrigerant and Oil

Refrigerants must be one of the fluorocarbon gases. Refrigerants must have number designations and safety classifications in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. Refrigerants classified by the EPA as Class 2 must not be allowed.

2.6.2 Structural Base and Frames

Water cooled condenser shall be of modular construction. Individual sections must be provided with a factory-mounted structural steel or aluminum bases (welded or bolted). Individual components must be isolated from the building structure by means of molded neoprene isolation pads.

2.6.3 Refrigerant Circuits

Each refrigerant circuit must be completely piped and factory leak tested in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. For multicompressor units, not less than 2 independent refrigerant circuits must be provided per module. Circuits must include as a minimum a combination filter and drier, combination sight glass and moisture indicator, an electronic or charging ports, compressor and condenser service valves for field-serviceable compressors, superheat adjustment, refrigerant to water heat exchanger, solenoid control/isolation and valves.

2.6.4 Controls Package

Provide each condenser module section with fully independent, factory-mounted, microprocessor based operating and safety control system. Controls packages must contain as a minimum a digital display, an on-auto-off switch, motor starters, motor controller, disconnect switches, power wiring, and control wiring. Controls package must provide operating controls, monitoring capabilities, programmable setpoints, safety controls, and DDC interface to the existing Honeywell DDC System as defined below.

2.6.4.1 Operating Controls

Unit must be provided with the following adjustable operating controls as a minimum.

a. Adjustable timer or automated controls to prevent a compressor from short cycling

b. Automatic lead/lag controls (adjustable) for multi-compressor units

c. Load limiting to 10 percent of module's rated capacity.

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 165: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

d. System capacity control to adjust the unit capacity in accordance with the system load and the programmable setpoints. Controls must automatically re-cycle the unit on power interruption.

e. Startup and head pressure controls to allow system operation at all ambient temperatures.

2.6.4.2 Monitoring Capabilities

During normal operations, the control system must be capable of monitoring and displaying as well as relaying to the existing Honeywell DDC System, the following operating parameters. Access and operation of display must not require opening or removing any panels or doors.

a. Entering and leaving condenser water pressure and temperatures

b. Self diagnostic

c. Operation status

d. Operating hours

e. Number of starts

f. Compressor status (on or off)

g. Compressor load (percent)

h. Refrigerant discharge and suction pressures

i. Oil pressure (if applicable)

j. Alarms

2.6.4.3 Configurable Setpoints

The control system must be capable of being configured directly at the unit's interface panel. No parameters may be capable of being changed without first entering a security access code. The programmable setpoints must include the following as a minimum:

a. Leaving Condenser Water Temperature

b. Time Clock/Calendar Date

2.6.4.4 Safety Controls with Manual Reset

Unit must be provided with the following safety controls which automatically shutdown the chiller and which require manual reset.

a. High condenser refrigerant discharge pressure protection

b. Low evaporator pressure protection

c. Condenser water flow detection

d. High motor winding temperature protection

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 7C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 166: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

e. Low oil flow protection if applicable

f. Motor current overload and phase loss protection

2.6.4.5 Safety Controls with Automatic Reset

Unit must be provided with the following safety controls which automatically shutdown the chiller and which provide automatic reset.

a. Over/under voltage protection

b. Condenser water flow interlock

c. Phase reversal protection

2.6.4.6 Building Automation System (BAS) DDC Interface

Provide a Building Automation System (BAS) DDC interface to the existing SSDIF Honeywell DDC System for each control module, meeting the requirements of Facets Specification. The interface must provide all system operating conditions, capacity controls, and safety shutdown conditions as network points. In addition, the following points must be overridable via the network interface:

a. Unit Start/Stop

b. Leaving Condenser Water Temperature Setpoint

2.6.5 Compressor(s)

2.6.5.1 Variable Scroll Compressor(s)

Compressors must be of the hermetically sealed design. Compressors must be mounted on vibration isolators to minimize vibration and noise. Rotating parts must be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory to minimize vibration. Lubrication system must be equipped with a means for determining oil level and an oil charging valve. Crankcase oil heaters must be provided. Provide continuous compressor unloading to 10 percent of full-load capacity by way of variable speed compressor motor controller or variable unloading of the scroll.

2.6.6 Compressor Driver, Electric Motor

Components such as motors, starters and wiring must be in accordance with paragraph ELECTRICAL WORK. Motor starter must be unit mounted as indicated with starter type, wiring, and accessories coordinated with the chiller manufacturer.

2.6.7 Receivers

Receiver must bear a stamp certifying compliance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 and must meet the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. Inner surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or other approved means. Each receiver must have a storage capacity not less than 20 percent in excess of that required for the fully-charged system. Each receiver must be equipped with inlet, outlet drop pipe, drain plug, purging valve, relief valves of capacity and setting required by ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34, and two bull's eye liquid-level sight glasses. Sight glasses must be in the same vertical plane, 90 degrees apart, perpendicular to the axis of the receiver, and not

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 8C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 167: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

over 3 inches horizontally from the drop pipe measured along the axis of the receiver. In lieu of bull's eye sight glass, external gauge glass with metal glass guard and automatic closing stop valves may be provided.

2.7 ACCESSORIES

2.7.1 Refrigerant Leak Detector

Detector must be the continuously-operating, halogen-specific type. Detector must be appropriate for the refrigerant in use. Detector must be specifically designed for area monitoring and must include multiple sampling points and remote sensors installed where indicated. Detector design and construction must be compatible with the temperature, humidity, barometric pressure and voltage fluctuations of the operating area. Detector must have an adjustable sensitivity such that it can detect refrigerant at or above 3 parts per million (ppm). Detector must be supplied factory-calibrated for the appropriate refrigerant(s). Detector must be provided with an alarm relay output which energizes when the detector detects a refrigerant level at or above the TLV-TWA (or toxicity measurement consistent therewith) for the refrigerant(s) in use. Provide 4 inch dome, LED strobe for visual alarm indication. Provide phenolic placard with 1-1/2 inch high engraved lettering indicating refrigerant type, leak detected and emergency contact information. The detector's relay must be capable of initiating corresponding alarms and ventilation systems as indicated on the drawings. Detector must be provided with a failure relay output that energizes when the monitor detects a fault in its operation. Detector must be compatible with the facility's existing Honeywell DDC Control System. The DDC System must be capable of generating an electronic log of the refrigerant level in the operating area, monitoring for detector malfunctions, and monitoring for any refrigerant alarm conditions.

2.7.2 Refrigerant Relief Valve/Rupture Disc Assembly

The assembly must be a combination pressure relief valve and rupture disc designed for refrigerant usage. The assembly must be in accordance with ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1 and ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. The assembly must be provided with a pressure gauge assembly which will provide local indication if a rupture disc is broken. Rupture disc must be the non-fragmenting type.

2.7.3 Gaskets

Gaskets must conform to ASTM F104 - classification for compressed sheet with nitrile binder and acrylic fibers for maximum 700 degrees F service.

2.7.4 Bolts and Nuts

Bolts and nuts, except as required for piping applications, must be in accordance with ASTM A307. The bolt head must be marked to identify the manufacturer and the standard with which the bolt complies in accordance with ASTM A307.

2.8 FABRICATION

2.8.1 Factory Coating

Unless otherwise specified, equipment and component items, when fabricated from ferrous metal, must be factory finished with the manufacturer's standard finish, except that items located outside of buildings must have weather resistant finishes that will withstand 500 hours exposure to the

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 9C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 168: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

salt spray test specified in ASTM B117 using a 5 percent sodium chloride solution. Immediately after completion of the test, the specimen must show no signs of blistering, wrinkling, cracking, or loss of adhesion and no sign of rust creepage beyond 1/8 inch on either side of the scratch mark. Cut edges of galvanized surfaces where hot-dip galvanized sheet steel is used must be coated with two (2) coats of zinc-rich coating conforming to ASTM D520, Type I.

2.8.2 Factory Applied Insulation

Condenser must be provided with factory installed insulation and jacketing on surfaces subject to sweating including the condenser water headers, piping, refrigerant to water heat exchanger and suction line piping. Insulation on ends of condenser water headers may be field applied, however it must be installed to provide easy removal and replacement of end caps without damage to the insulation. Where motors are the gas-cooled type, factory installed insulation must be provided on the cold-gas inlet connection to the motor per manufacturer's standard practice. Factory insulated items installed outdoors are not required to be fire-rated. As a minimum, factory insulated items installed indoors must have a flame spread index no higher than 75 and a smoke developed index no higher than 150. Factory insulated items (no jacket) installed indoors and which are located in air plenums, in ceiling spaces, and in attic spaces must have a flame spread index no higher than 25 and a smoke developed index no higher than 50. Flame spread and smoke developed indexes must be determined by ASTM E84. Insulation must be tested in the same density and installed thickness as the material to be used in the actual construction. Material supplied by a manufacturer with a jacket must be tested as a composite material. Jackets, facings, and adhesives must have a flame spread index no higher than 25 and a smoke developed index no higher than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.

2.9 SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS/SERVICES

2.9.1 Condenser Water Piping and Accessories

Condenser water piping and accessories must be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 64 26 CHILLED WATER PIPING SYSTEMS.

2.9.2 Refrigerant Piping

Refrigerant piping for split-system water chillers must be provided and installed in accordance with Section 23 23 00 REFRIGERANT PIPING.

2.9.3 Temperature Controls

Unit control packages must be fully coordinated with and integrated into the existing Honeywell DDC Control System in accordance with Facet Specifications.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION-RELATED SUSTAINABILITY CRITERIA

For construction activities in this section, provide and document the following:

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 10C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 169: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.2 INSTALLATION

Installation of water cooled condenser systems including materials, installation, workmanship, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and testing must be in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation instructions.

3.2.1 Installation Instructions

Provide manufacturer's standard catalog data, at least 6 weeks prior to the purchase or installation of a particular component, highlighted to show features such as materials, dimensions, options, performance and efficiency. Data must include manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and procedures. Data must be adequate to demonstrate compliance with contract requirements.

3.2.2 Vibration Isolation

If vibration isolation is specified for a unit, vibration isolator literature must be included containing catalog cuts and certification that the isolation characteristics of the isolators provided meet the manufacturer's recommendations.

3.2.3 Posted Instructions

Provide posted instructions, including equipment layout, wiring and control diagrams, piping, valves and control sequences, and typed condensed operation instructions. The condensed operation instructions must include preventative maintenance procedures, methods of checking the system for normal and safe operation, and procedures for safely starting and stopping the system. The posted instructions must be framed under glass or laminated plastic and be posted where indicated by the Contracting Officer.

3.2.4 Verification of Dimensions

Provide a letter including the date the site was visited, conformation of existing conditions, and any discrepancies found.

3.2.5 System Performance Test Schedules

Provide a schedule, at least 2 weeks prior to the start of related testing, for the system performance tests. The schedules must identify the proposed date, time, and location for each test.

3.2.6 Certificates

Where the system, components, or equipment are specified to comply with requirements of AGA, NFPA, ARI, ASHRAE, ASME, or UL, proof of such compliance must be provided. The label or listing of the specified agency must be acceptable evidence. In lieu of the label or listing, a written certificate from an approved, nationally recognized testing organization equipped to perform such services, stating that the items have been tested and conform to the requirements and testing methods of the specified agency may be submitted. When performance requirements of this project's drawings and specifications vary from standard ARI rating conditions, computer printouts, catalog, or other application data certified by ARI or a nationally recognized laboratory as described above must be included. If ARI does not have a current certification program that encompasses such application data, the manufacturer may self certify that his application

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 11C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 170: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

data complies with project performance requirements in accordance with the specified test standards.

3.2.7 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Provide Six complete copies of an operation manual in bound 8 1/2 by 11 inch booklets listing step-by-step procedures required for system startup, operation, abnormal shutdown, emergency shutdown, and normal shutdown at least 4 weeks prior to the first training course. The booklets must include the manufacturer's name, model number, and parts list. The manuals must include the manufacturer's name, model number, service manual, and a brief description of all equipment and their basic operating features. Six complete copies of maintenance manual in bound 8 1/2 by 11 inch booklets listing routine maintenance procedures, possible breakdowns and repairs, and a trouble shooting guide. The manuals must include piping and equipment layouts and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed.

3.2.8 Connections to Existing Systems

Notify the Contracting Officer in writing at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the connections are required. Obtain approval before interrupting service. Furnish materials required to make connections into existing systems and perform excavating, backfilling, compacting, and other incidental labor as required. Furnish labor and tools for making actual connections to existing systems.

3.2.9 Refrigeration System

3.2.9.1 Equipment

Refrigeration equipment and the installation thereof must conform to ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34. Necessary supports must be provided for all equipment, appurtenances, and pipe as required, including frames or supports for compressors, pumps, condensers and similar items. Compressors must be isolated from the building structure. If mechanical vibration isolators are not provided, vibration absorbing foundations must be provided. Each foundation must include isolation units consisting of machine and floor or foundation fastenings, together with intermediate isolation material. Other floor-mounted equipment must be set on not less than a 6 inch concrete pad doweled in place. Concrete shall be as specified in Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. Equipment must be properly leveled, aligned, and secured in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.2.9.2 Field Refrigerant Charging

a. Initial Charge: Upon completion of all the refrigerant pipe tests, the vacuum on the system must be broken by adding the required charge of dry refrigerant for which the system is designed, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor must provide the complete charge of refrigerant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Upon satisfactory completion of the system performance tests, any refrigerant that has been lost from the system must be replaced. After the system is fully operational, service valve seal caps and blanks over gauge points must be installed and tightened.

b. Refrigerant Leakage: If a refrigerant leak is discovered after the system has been charged, the leaking portion of the system must

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 12C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 171: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

immediately be isolated from the remainder of the system and the refrigerant must be pumped into the system receiver or other suitable container. The refrigerant must not be discharged into the atmosphere.

c. Contractor's Responsibility: The Contractor must, at all times during the installation and testing of the refrigeration system, take steps to prevent the release of refrigerants into the atmosphere. The steps must include, but not be limited to, procedures which will minimize the release of refrigerants to the atmosphere and the use of refrigerant recovery devices to remove refrigerant from the system and store the refrigerant for reuse or reclaim. At no time must more than 3 ounces of refrigerant be released to the atmosphere in any one occurrence. Any system leaks within the first year must be repaired in accordance with the specified requirements including material, labor, and refrigerant if the leak is the result of defective equipment, material, or installation.

3.2.9.3 Oil Charging

Except for factory sealed units, two complete charges of lubricating oil for each compressor crankcase must be furnished. One charge must be used during the performance testing period, and upon the satisfactory completion of the tests, the oil must be drained and replaced with the second charge.

3.2.10 Field Applied Insulation

Field installed insulation must be as specified in Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, except as defined differently herein.

3.2.11 Field Painting

Painting required for surfaces not otherwise specified, and finish painting of items only primed at the factory are specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS.

3.3 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE

The services of a factory-trained representative must be provided for not less than 2 days. The representative shall advise on the following:

a. Hermetic machines:

(1) Testing hermetic water-chilling unit under pressure for refrigerant leaks; evacuation and dehydration of machine to an absolute pressure of not over 300 micrometers.

(2) Charging the machine with refrigerant.

(3) Starting the machine.

b. Open Machines:

(1) Erection, alignment, testing, and dehydrating.

(2) Charging the machine with refrigerant.

(3) Starting the machine.

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 13C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 172: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

Equipment must be wiped clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots removed. System must be maintained in this clean condition until final acceptance. Bearings must be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment must be adjusted to setting indicated or directed. Testing, adjusting, and balancing must be as specified in Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.

3.5 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TESTING

3.5.1 Test Plans

a. Manufacturer's Test Plans: Within 120 calendar days after contract award, submit the following plans:

(1) Field Acceptance Test Plan

Field acceptance test plans must be developed by the unit manufacturer detailing recommended field test procedures for that particular type and size of equipment. Field acceptance test plans developed by the installing Contractor, or the equipment sales agency furnishing the equipment, will not be acceptable.

The Contracting Officer will review and approve the field acceptance test plan for each of the listed equipment prior to commencement of field testing of the equipment. The approved field acceptance tests of the chiller and subsequent test reporting.

b. Coordinated testing: Indicate in each field acceptance test plan when work required by this section requires coordination with test work required by other specification sections. Furnish test procedures for the simultaneous or integrated testing of air handling unit system controls which interlock and interface with controls for the equipment provided.

c. Prerequisite testing: Units for which performance testing is dependent upon the completion of the work covered by Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC must have that work completed as a prerequisite to testing work under this section. Indicate in each field acceptance test plan when such prerequisite work is required.

d. Test procedure: Indicate in each field acceptance test plan each equipment manufacturers published installation, start-up, and field acceptance test procedures. Include in each test plan a detailed step-by-step procedure for testing automatic controls provided by the manufacturer.

Each test plan must include the required test reporting forms to be completed by the Contractor's testing representatives. Procedures must be structured to test the controls through all modes of control to confirm that the controls are performing with the intended sequence of control.

Controller must be verified to be properly calibrated and have the proper set point to provide stable control of their respective equipment.

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 14C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 173: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

e. Performance variables: Each test plan must list performance variables that are required to be measured or tested as part of the field test.

Include in the listed variables performance requirements indicated on the equipment schedules on the design drawings. Unit manufacturer must furnish with each test procedure a description of acceptable results that have been verified.

Unit manufacturer must identify the acceptable limits or tolerance within which each tested performance variable must acceptably operate.

f. Job specific: Each test plan must be job specific and must address the particular air handler and particular conditions which exist in this contract. Generic or general preprinted test procedures are not acceptable.

g. Specialized components: Each test plan must include procedures for field testing and field adjusting specialized components, such as hot gas bypass control valves, or pressure valves.

3.5.2 Testing

a. Each water cooled condenser and associated refrigerant system must be field acceptance tested in compliance with its approved field acceptance test plan and the resulting field acceptance test report submitted for approval:

b. Manufacturer's recommended testing: Conduct the manufacturer's recommended field testing in compliance with the approved test plan. Furnish a factory trained field representative authorized by and to represent the equipment manufacturer at the complete execution of the field acceptance testing.

c. Operational test: Conduct a continuous 24 hour operational test for each item of equipment. Equipment shutdown before the test period is completed shall result in the test period being started again and run for the required duration. For the duration of the test period, compile an operational log of each item of equipment. Log required entries every two hours. Use the test report forms for logging the operational variables.

d. Notice of tests: Conduct the manufacturer's recommended tests and the operational tests; record the required data using the approved reporting forms. Notify the Contracting Officer in writing at least 15 calendar days prior to the testing. Within 30 calendar days after acceptable completion of testing, submit each test report for review and approval.

e. Report forms: Type data entries and writing on the test report forms. Completed test report forms for each item of equipment must be reviewed, approved, and signed by the Contractor's test director. The manufacturer's field test representative must review, approve, and sign the report of the manufacturer's recommended test. Signatures must be accompanied by the person's name typed.

f. Deficiency resolution: The test requirements acceptably met; deficiencies identified during the tests must be corrected in

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 15C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 174: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and corrections retested in order to verify compliance.

3.6 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTS

Six copies of the report must be provided in bound 8 1/2 by 11 inch booklets.

3.6.1 General Requirements

Before each refrigeration system is accepted, tests to demonstrate the general operating characteristics of all equipment must be conducted by the manufacturer's approved start-up representative experienced in system start-up and testing, at such times as directed. Tests must cover a period of not less than 48 hours for each system and must demonstrate that the entire system is functioning in accordance with the drawings and specifications. Corrections and adjustments must be made as necessary and tests must be re-conducted to demonstrate that the entire system is functioning as specified. Prior to acceptance, service valve seal caps and blanks over gauge points must be installed and tightened. Any refrigerant lost during the system startup must be replaced. If tests do not demonstrate satisfactory system performance, deficiencies must be corrected and the system must be retested. Tests must be conducted in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Water and electricity required for the tests will be furnished by the Government. Any material, equipment, instruments, and personnel required for the test must be provided by the Contractor. Field tests must be coordinated with Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.

3.6.2 Test Report

The report must document compliance with the specified performance criteria upon completion and testing of the system. The report must indicate the number of days covered by the tests and any conclusions as to the adequacy of the system. The report must also include the following information and must be taken at least three different times at outside dry-bulb temperatures that are at least 5 degrees F apart:

a. Date and outside weather conditions.

b. The load on the system based on the following:

(1) The refrigerant used in the system.(2) Condensing temperature, pressure and flow rate.(3) Suction temperature and pressure.(4) Running current, voltage and proper phase sequence for each phase

of all motors.(5) The actual on-site setting of all operating and safety controls.(6) The position of the capacity-reduction gear at machine off,

minimum circuit load, one-third loaded, one-half loaded, two-thirds loaded, and fully loaded.

3.7 DEMONSTRATIONS

Contractor must conduct a training course for the operating staff as designated by the Contracting Officer. The training period must consist of

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 16C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 175: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

a total 8 hours of normal working time and start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests. The training course must cover all of the items contained in the approved operation and maintenance manuals as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations.

Provide a schedule, at least 4 weeks prior to the date of the proposed training course, which identifies the date, time, and location for the training.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 23 64 10 Page 17C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 176: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 238413 Page 1

SECTION 238413

HUMIDIFIERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to

this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

This Section includes the following humidifiers:

1. Steam injection.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics,

furnished specialties, and accessories.

Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and installation of humidifiers. Include

piping details, plans, elevations, sections, details of components,

manifolds, and attachments to other work.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

Operation and Maintenance Data: For humidifiers to include in operation

and maintenance manuals.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and

that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with

labels describing contents.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as

defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to

authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

Page 177: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 238413 Page 2

Comply with ARI 640, "Commercial and Industrial Humidifiers."

1.7 COORDINATION

Coordinate location and installation of humidifiers with manifolds in

ducts and air-handling units or occupied space. Revise locations and

elevations to suit field conditions and to ensure proper humidifier

operation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STEAM-INJECTION HUMIDIFIERS

Manifold: ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel extending the full width of

duct or plenum with mounting brackets at ends.

Humidifier Control Valve:

1. Actuator: Electric modulating with spring return.

Steam Trap: Inverted-bucket type, sized for a minimum of 3 times the

maximum rated condensate flow of humidifier at 1/2-psig (3.4-kPa) inlet

pressure.

Accessories:

1. Return-duct-mounting humidistat.

2. Duct-mounting, high-limit humidistat.

3. Aquastat mounted on steam condensate return piping to prevent

cold operation of humidifier.

4. In-line strainer.

5. Airflow switch for preventing humidifier operation without

airflow.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

Examine ducts and conditions for compliance with requirements for

installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of

piping connections before humidifier installation.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

Page 178: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 238413 Page 3

3.2 INSTALLATION

Install humidifiers with required clearance for service and

maintenance. Maintain path, downstream from humidifiers, clear of

obstructions as required by ASHRAE 62.1.

Seal humidifier manifold duct or plenum penetrations with flange.

Install humidifier manifolds in metal ducts and casings constructed

according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and

Flexible."

Install stainless-steel drain pan under each manifold mounted in duct.

1. Construct drain pans with connection for drain; insulated and

complying with ASHRAE 62.1.

2. Connect to condensate trap and drainage piping.

3. Extend drain pan upstream and downstream from manifold a minimum

distance recommended by manufacturer but not less than required

by ASHRAE 62.1.

Install manifold supply piping pitched to drain condensate back to

humidifier.

Install drip leg upstream from steam trap a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm)

tall for proper operation of trap.

3.3 CONNECTIONS

Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings

indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

1. Install piping adjacent to humidifiers to allow service and

maintenance.

Install piping specialties furnished by manufacturer but not factory

mounted.

Install piping from safety relief valves to nearest floor drain.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service

representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and

equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing.

Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service

representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment

installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.

Page 179: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 238413 Page 4

Tests and Inspections:

1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks.

Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.

2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized,

start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.

3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and

malfunctioning controls and equipment.

Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

3.5 DEMONSTRATION

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's

maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain humidifiers.

END OF SECTION 238413

Page 180: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 1

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

SECTION 26 24 13

GENERATOR QUICK CONNECT DOCKING STATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

The Contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated, a free-standing,

dead-front type low voltage Generator Quick Connection Docking Station,

utilizing a main circuit protective device, generator lug and receptacle

connections as specified herein, and as shown on the contract drawings.

Related Sections

1. Section 260000 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods

1.2 REFERENCES

The low voltage docking station and all components shall be designed,

manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable following

standards:

1. UL Standard 1008

1.3 SUBMITTALS – FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL

The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer:

1. Master drawing index

2. Front view elevation

3. Floor plan

4. Top view

5. Single line

6. Schematic diagram

7. Nameplate schedule

8. Component list

9. Conduit entry/exit locations

10. Assembly ratings including:

a. Short-circuit rating

b. Voltage

c. Continuous current

11. Major component ratings including:

a. Voltage

b. Continuous current

c. Interrupting ratings

12. Cable terminal sizes

13. Product data sheets

Where applicable, the following additional information shall be submitted to

the Engineer:

Page 181: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 2

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

1. Connection details between close-coupled assemblies

2. Composite floor plan of close-coupled assemblies

1.4 SUBMITTALS – FOR CONSTRUCTION

The following information shall be submitted for record purposes:

1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed in

Paragraph 1.3, and shall incorporate all changes made during the

manufacturing process

2. Wiring diagrams

3. Certified production test reports

4. Installation information

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical

equipment for a minimum period of five (5) years. When requested by the

Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall

be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

The low-voltage docking station shall be UL labeled.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer’s

instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the

equipment at time of shipment.

1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each

assembly shipped and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction

bulletins and renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete

assembly and each major component.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BASIS OF DESIGN

Eaton

APT Advanced Power Technologies.

Square D.

Tristar.

The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance

of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and

functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting

Page 182: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 3

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

these specifications in their entirety. Products in compliance with the

specification and manufactured by others are acceptable.

2.2 RATINGS

The assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during

short-circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having

available fault current 65,000 amperes symmetrical at 480V.

Main buss shall be rated for 600V, 2,000 amps.

2.3 CONSTRUCTION

Generator Quick Connect Docking Station shall consist of the required number

of vertical sections bolted together to form a rigid assembly. Equipment

shall be front/side accessible. All edges of front covers or hinged front

panels shall be formed. Provide adequate ventilation within the enclosure.

All sections of the switchboard shall be rear aligned with depth as shown on

the drawings. Overcurrent protective devices shall be front removable and

load connections front accessible enabling docking station to be mounted

against a wall.

The docking station shall be provided with load connection options to cross

bus or mechanical outgoing cable terminations, which shall be suitable for

copper or aluminum conductors.

The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means.

2.4 BUS

All bus bars shall be silver-plated copper.

Provide a full capacity neutral bus.

A copper ground bus (minimum 1/4 x 2 inch), shall be furnished firmly

secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire

length of the switchboard.

All hardware used on conductors shall be high-tensile strength and zinc-

plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring-type washers.

2.5 WIRING/TERMINATIONS

The docking station shall be provided with both mechanical lugs and color

coded cam-type receptacle assembly for connection of generator power phases

(A, B, C), neutral and grounding conductors. All connections for phases,

neutral, ground, etc., shall be clearly marked via labeling.

Each single pole cam-type receptacle shall be rated for no less than 400

amps at 90 deg C. Multiple receptacles per phase, neutral, and ground shall

be utilized when amperages over 400 are requested.

Page 183: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 4

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Cam-type receptacles must be suitable for use in outdoor environments.

Small wiring, necessary fuse blocks and terminal blocks within the docking

station shall be furnished as required. Control components mounted within

the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc.,

shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate

designations on manufacturer’s wiring diagrams.

Where applicable all control wire shall be type SIS, bundled and secured

with nylon ties. Insulated locking spade terminals shall be provided for all

control connections, except where saddle type terminals are provided

integral to a device. All current transformer secondary leads shall first be

connected to conveniently accessible short-circuit terminal blocks before

connecting to any other device. All groups of control wires leaving the

switchboard shall be provided with terminal blocks with suitable numbering

strips. Provide wire markers at each end of all control wiring.

2.6 MAIN PROTECTIVE DEVICE

Provide 100% rated molded case or insulated case circuit breakers, rating as

indicated on the drawings with long pick-up and delay, short pick-up and

delay and instantaneous trip functions.

Provide ground fault monitoring consisting of ground fault relay with

current transformer and ground fault indicating lamp.

Provide Phase Rotation Monitoring: An indicating light shall provide visual

assurance of correct phasing and the relay shall prevent the circuit breaker

from closing if the phase rotation is incorrect.

Number and rating of circuit breakers shall be as indicated in the single

line diagram.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES

The docking station shall be provided with a thermostatically controlled

space heater. Power for the space heaters shall be obtained from nearby 120V

panelboard.

2.8 ENCLOSURE

Outdoor NEMA 3R Enclosure

1. Outdoor enclosure shall be non-walk-in and meet applicable NEMA 3R

UL requirements.

2. Enclosure shall have sloping roof.

3. Provide hinged cable entry trap door to allow cable access to

generator connection receptacles and lugs while maintaining Type 3R

Enclosure integrity.

4. Doors shall have provisions for padlocking.

6. Ventilating openings shall be provided.

7. Enclosure shall be manufactured from aluminum or carbon steel and

powder coated.

Page 184: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 5

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

2.9 NAMEPLATES

Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be

furnished. Nameplates shall be as per Specifications Section 26000.

Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays,

pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification

corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer’s wiring diagrams.

2.10 FINISH

All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the docking station shall be

properly cleaned and provided with a rust-inhibiting phosphatized powder

coating. Color and finish of the docking station shall be ANSI 61 light

gray.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FACTORY TESTING

The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment

provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the

latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards.

1. The docking station shall be completely assembled, wired, adjusted,

and tested at the factory. After assembly, the complete docking

station will be tested for operation under simulated service

conditions to ensure the accuracy of the wiring and the functioning

of all equipment. The main circuits shall be given a dielectric

test of 2200 volts for one (1) minute between live parts and

ground, and between opposite polarities. The wiring and control

circuits shall be given a dielectric test of 1500 volts for one (1)

minute between live parts and ground

The manufacturer shall provide three (3) certified copies of factory test

reports.

3.2 MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION

A certified test report of all standard production tests shall be available

to the Engineer upon request.

3.3 TRAINING

The Contractor shall provide a training session for owner’s representatives.

Training shall be scheduled during the power outage for demonstration and

testing of generator docking station.

A manufacturer’s qualified representative shall conduct the training

session. The training program shall consist of instruction on operation and

connection of the generator docking station, circuit breaker and major

components within the assembly.

Page 185: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 24 13 Page 6

C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

3.4 INSTALLATION

The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer’s

instructions, contract drawings and National Electrical Code.

The assembly shall be provided with adequate lifting means and shall be

capable of being moved into installation position and bolted directly to

concrete slab with raised housekeeping pad furnished by the contractor. All

necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the

Contractor.

3.5 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS

The Contractor shall perform field adjustments as required to place the

equipment in final operating condition.

END OF SECTION 26 24 13

Page 186: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

SECTION 26 25 00

BUSWAYS11/15

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

This Section includes performance requirements and other criteria for enclosed busway assemblies.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

2. Division 07 Section "Firestopping."

3. Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."

1.4 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this section to the extent referenced:

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 (2014) National Electrical Code 2014 Edition

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation; submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures":

SD-02 Shop Drawings

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 1C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 187: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Plug-in Busway; G, AE

SD-03 Product Data

Plug-in Busway; G, AE

SD-06 Test Reports

Continuity Tests; G, AE

Insulation Tests; G, AE

Phase-Rotation Tests; G, AE

SD-07 Certificates

Manufacturer Qualifications; G

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6.1 Source Limitation

Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal material, design and workmanship.

Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for a minimum of 2 years. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size.

Products shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless stated in this Section.

Products manufactured more than 1 year prior to date of delivery to the project site shall not be used.

1.6.2 Manufacturer Qualifications

Material and equipment provided under this Section shall be thestandard catalog products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in thefabrication of busway and their component parts and equipment. Manufacturer shall have been in business a minimum of 5 years.

Submit Manufacturer Qualifications substantiating compliance with the requirements of this Section. Include statements signed by responsible officials of a manufacturer of a product, system, or material attesting that the product, system or material meets the specified requirements of this Section. Statements shall be dated after the award of this Contract, with the project name, and a list of the specific requirements which it is intended to address.

1.6.3 Shop Drawing Requirement

Fabrication drawings shall be submitted for the busway systems consisting

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 2C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 188: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

of fabrication and assembly drawings for all parts of the work in sufficient detail to enable the Government to check conformity with the construction documents.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver materials to the project site in the manufacturer's original packaging with manufacturer and supplier's labeling clearly visible.

Protect components from damage. Store materials in an enclosed area, free from contact with soil and weather. Where necessary to store materials outside, store them off the ground and employ all means necessary to protect the materials from damage.

Storage area shall be easily accessible for inspection. Damaged items shall be replaced with new when directed by the Government.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 PLUG-IN BUSWAY

Provide plug-in busway (or busduct) of characteristics and arrangement indicated on the plans, constructed with copper bus bars. The busway shall include three-phase and 100 percent neutral bus bars, and 100 percent ground (consisting of the 50 percent integral housing ground combined with a 50 percent internal ground bus).

Provide a totally enclosed low impedance busway system with all necessary fittings, hanging devices and accessories.

The housing shall be fabricated galvanized sheet steel and finish paint with ANSI 61 gray enamel over a rust inhibiting primer. High quality welds closely spaces along both sides of the full length of the busway shall be provided.

Bus bars shall have butyl sleeving their entire length except at joints. Butyl shall not harden or crack with aging. Both the butyl and all joint insulators shall comply with NEMA Class A (130 degrees C.) material. The bus bars shall be suitably plated at all joints, plug-in openings, and other contact surfaces. The maximum temperature rise at any point in the busway at continuous rated load shall not exceed 55 degrees C. above a maximum ambient temperature of 40 degrees C.

Joints in all ratings shall be of the one bolt type with through bolts which can be checked for tightness without deenergizing the system. It shall be possible to make up a joint from one side. The joint shall be so designed as to allow removal of any length without disturbing adjacent lengths. Belleville spring washers shall be provided to give positive pressure over complete contact area.

There shall be 10 dead-front hinged cover type plug outlets per 10 foot length with 5 outlets per side and all usable simultaneously. Each plug outlet shall support bus bars as well as insulate plug stabs.

Bus bars shall be adequately braced to withstand the short circuit currents specified in the contract drawings. A 50 percent capacity ground bus shall be provided internally and engaged by a stab on the plug. In addition, 50 percent integral housing ground shall be provided in order to bring busway grounding to 100 percent.

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 3C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 189: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

Horizontal runs of busway shall be suitable for hanging on 10 foot centers in any position. Vertical riser runs of busway shall be supported with spring hangers. Provide expansion fittings at all building expansion joints. Final field measurements shall be made by contractor prior to release for manufacture to assure coordination with other trades.

Provide busway plugs of types and ratings indicated on the drawings.

Housing shall completely enclose the switching device and shall be of sheet steel furnished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel paint applied over a rust inhibitor. Provide stab shields which protect stabs and ground plug body to busway housing before stabs make power contact. Provide grounding terminal inside plug body and adequate shielding to prevent access to live parts when cover is open. A ground stab to engage internal ground bus shall be provided. Provide means for padlocking cover and operating handle in OFF position. The operating handle shall be easily moved from end to side or vice versa so that it will be in the correct position to operate from the floor. All current carrying parts shall be suitably plated.

Circuit breaker type plugs shall have an interrupting rating of not less than the rating of the busway. They shall have a releasable cover interlock which prevents opening of cover except with breaker in OFF position. An interlock to prevent insertion or removal from busway when switch is in ON position shall be provided as well as an interlock to prevent closing circuit breaker with cover open.

Plug assists shall be furnished on all plugs over 100 amperes which will mechanically engage or disengage the plug from the busway, but only when the plug is in the OFF position.

Busway plugs shall be of same manufacturer as the busway.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 Layout and Coordination

Lay out all work from approved building and property lines and benchmarks. Verify and be responsible for the correctness of all measurements in connection with work. Any change made in major overall dimensions as shown which affect the physical size, shape, or location of any part of the Work, whether due to field check or changes due to the use of equipment of a manufacturer other than that used as the basis of design shall not cause any interference with other work.

Examine the drawings of other trades and initiate cooperation and coordination of the Work with the work of other trades to insure that the Work can be installed properly as designed and planned without interference with other work or delay. Furnish all necessary templates, patterns, measurements, etc., for installing work and for the purpose of making adjoining work conform; furnish setting plans and shop details to other trades as required.

Investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting the Work. Drawings are diagrammatic. Offsets, bends or other items required by the Work may not be shown. Provide such offsets, bends or other items as required to meet structural or finish conditions.

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 4C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 190: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

The contractor shall coordinate and be responsible for the maintaining required clearances of the Work in shafts, chases, double partitions and suspended ceilings. Coordinate and cooperate with the trades responsible for constructing such spaces, together with other trades sharing such spaces, and advise other trades of the requirements of the Work. Immediately submit for review space requirements that exceed those shown.

Install material and equipment as high as possible; at minimum, to clear the top of all doors, windows and other structural openings. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions in every case. Where headroom or space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Contracting Officer before proceeding with the installation.

Install conduit, fittings, etc., to provide not less than 1/2 inch between their finished covering and the structure or adjacent work of any kind.

Electrical equipment shall not interfere in any way with other material or equipment and shall be provided with adequate working space compliant with NFPA 70.

Prepare large scale composite working drawings, including such section views and details as are necessary to clearly show how the Work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades. Issue such drawings to the other trades for coordination of their work. Where such drawings show deviations from the construction documents or conflict with other trades, contact the Government immediately for resolution.

If work is installed before coordinating with all other trades, or so as to cause interference with the work of other trades, or so as not to provide proper access for maintenance or repair, the necessary changes in work to correct the condition shall be performed at no cost to the Government.

3.2 BUSWAY APPLICATION

Busway (or busduct) systems shall be complete with hangers, elbows, offset fittings, cable tap boxes, end closers, floor and wall flanges, fire stops, plug-in devices, and all other required accessories.

Hangers on horizontal runs shall be spaced 10 feet on centers maximum and vertical runs shall be supported 12 feet on centers maximum.

Locate busduct as indicated in contract drawings. Coordinate position and spacing so cable tap boxes, plug-ins and joints are accessible. Installation shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

Joints shall be larger than duct cross section; torque joints at time of installation to manufacturer's recommendations. Retorque after 6 months.

All busway penetrations through fire-resistance rated or smoke-rated floors, walls, or partition construction requiring firestopping shall be coordinated with the contractor for Division 07 Section "Firestopping." Provide the required opening for the approved firestop sealing method.

Provide water protection curbs around busway floor penetrations in each electric closet as shown on drawings and as required by NEC.

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 5C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)

Page 191: NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION … · Welding procedures must conform to AWS D1.1/D1.1Mfor steel or AWS D1.2/D1.2M for aluminum. Operators are permitted to make only

GSFC Construction Specifications 14905.005

3.3 FIRESTOPS

Provide firestopping compliant with the requirements of Division 07 Section "Firestopping."

3.4 FIELD ACCEPTANCE TESTING

Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing.

Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

Remove and replace units that do not pass tests and inspections and retest as specified above.

Infrared Scanning: Two months after Substantial Completion, perform an infrared scan of bus assembly including joints and plug-in units.

a. Use an infrared-scanning device designed to measure temperature or detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide documentation of device calibration.

b. Perform 2 follow-up infrared scans of bus assembly, one at 4 months and the other at 11 months after Substantial Completion.

c. Prepare a certified report identifying bus assembly checked and describing results of scanning. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and scanning observations after remedial action.

Phase rotation tests shall be conducted on all three phase circuits using a phase rotation indicating instrument. Phase rotation of electrical connections to connected equipment shall be clockwise, facing the source.

Test Labeling: On completion of satisfactory testing of each unit, attach a dated and signed "Satisfactory Test" label to tested component.

3.5 ADJUSTING

Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

3.6 CLEANING

Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.

3.7 PROTECTION

Provide final protection to ensure that moisture does not enter bus assembly.

-- End of Section --

SECTION 26 25 00 Page 6C3820 I&T Complex Mechanical & Electrical Upgrades (Bldgs 7, 10, 15 & 29)